The URL can be used to link to this page

2005-07-01 Specs Street & Utility ProjSPECIFICATIONS FOR HUNTER'S PASS ESTATES STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA MEYER-ROHLIN, INC. ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS 1111 HIGHWAY 25 NORTH BUFFALO, MINNESOTA 55313 July 1, 2005 Project No. 04115 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me, or under my direct supervision and I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Dwight"R. Gunnarson, Professional Engineer Lic. No. 44318 TABLE OF CONTENTS Instructions to Bidders............................................................................ pages 1-3 ProposalForm.......................................................................................................... pages 1-4 Contract Agreement........................................................................................... pages 1-2 General Conditions........................................................................................... pages 1-42 Supplemental General Conditions.................................................... pages 1-9 Special Provisions........................................................................................... pages 1-15 Soil Boring Logs Joint Powers Water Board......................................................................... pages 1-46 Street Construction Specifications ........................................... pages 1-9 Concrete Specifications............................................................................ pages 1-4 Standard Specification for Trench Excavation ............. pages 1-21 Standard Specification for Watermain..................................... pages 22-39 Standard Specification for Sanitary Sewer ...................... pages 40-59 StandardDetails................................................................................................. pages 1-35 INSTRUCTIONS TO BID DERS 1 In order for proposals to be entitled to consideration, they must be in accordance with the following ' instructions: A. GENERAL All proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the Engineer. All information, lump sums and unit prices ' requested shall be completely filled out by typewriter or in ink. All corporation bids shall bear the official seal of the corporation. The bid shall be submitted on the unbound proposal forms. ' A proposal may be withdrawn without prejudice to the bidder by written request prior to the hour of the letting. Proposals so withdrawn may be re -submitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of proposals. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bidding. B. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS All bidders shall submit information necessary to satisfy the Owner that the bidder is adequately prepared to fulfill the contract. Such information shall include past performance records, lists of available personnel, plants and equipment, financial statements, or any other pertinent information. ' C. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided by the Engineer. The blank spaces on the proposal shall be filled in correctly for every item for which a quantity is given, and the bidder shall state the prices for which he ' proposes to do each item of work. The bidder's proposal shall be signed correctly in ink. The signature acknowledges that the bidder is providing the information required and has received all Addenda to the Specifications. ' D. SUBCONTRACTORS The names and addresses of all subcontractors that the bidder intends to employ on the project shall be listed in the spaces provided on the proposal form. No other subcontractors shall be used on the project without the written approval of the Engineer. E. BID SECURITY. Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified check, cashier's check, or bidders bond in the amount of five (5%Z of ' the bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the proposed contract within the time specified. Should the bidder whose proposal has been accepted by the Owner refuse, fail or neglect to execute the contract and furnish a satisfactory surety bond, it is understood and agreed between the Owner and said accepted bidder that the five (5%) ' percent of bid security shall be the amount of the liquidated damages occasioned by such refusal, failure, or neglect; and that thereupon said Owner shall realize on such bid security and use the proceeds in payment of said damages. The bid security accompanying rejected bids will be promptly returned to the bidders upon the execution of a ' contract or the rejection of bids. h F1 1 L F. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Copies of proposal forms, Plans and Specifications, for use by contractors submitting a bid, may be obtained from Meyer - Roblin, Inc., 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, MN 55313, on deposit of the sum of Twenty -Five Dollars ($25.00). This deposit will not be refundable. G. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS Bidders shall satisfy themselves by a personal examination of the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract, such as the structure of the ground, the existence of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, obstacles which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, and the manner of delivery and handling of materials. The bidder, in submitting his proposal, is deemed to accept all conditions as the same as are eventually found to exist and to waive all claim for extra compensation arising from the encountering of unforeseen difficulties except as the same are expressly provided for in either the Specifications or the contract. Bidders shall also carefully examine the Plans and read the ' Specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. If any bidder contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Plans, Specifications, or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The clarification of the proposed documents will be made only by an addendum duly issued. A copy of such anaddendum will be mailed, faxed, or delivered to each person receiving a copy of the Plans and Specifications or to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be famished with a copy of such an addendum. ' All addenda issued to bidders prior to the date of receipt of proposals shall become a part of the contract documents, and all proposals are to include the work therein described. Each proposal submitted shall list all addenda by number which have been received prior to the time scheduled for receipt of proposals. H. ADHERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS All work shall be done in strict accordance with the Specifications and Plans and such addenda as may be issued from time to time by the Engineer. Bidders shall be held strictly to the intent of the Plans and Specifications. I. REJECTION OF BIDS The right is reserved to reject any or all bids or to accept such bid, as in the opinion of the Owner will be to the best interests of the Owner. No bidder may withdraw his bid for at least thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of ' bids. ' J. CONDITIONS IN BIDDER'S PROPOSAL The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions not provided for on the proposal form. ' K INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES Bidders shall examine to their satisfaction the quantities of work to be done, as determined from the. Plans and Specifications. The Engineer's estimate of quantities as shown on the proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon ' which the award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not guaranteed to be accurate and are fiunished without any liability on the part of the Owner or Engineer. Bidders must rely on their own calculations and shall be thoroughly familiar with the contract documents. n 2 11 L. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement thereon showing the work covered by the bid and ' addressed to the address stipulated in the Request for Bids. Proposals may be mailed or submitted in person. No proposals received via facsimile shall be accented• No bids will be received after the time set for receiving them. Bids arriving by mail at the office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids will be returned to the ' sender unopened. The Engineer will not deliver bids to the place of the bid opening. M. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS ' Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate bids not specified,:or.irregularities of -any. kind. Proposals in which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. N. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS More than one proposal for the same project from any individual firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different names will not be considered. -Collusion between the bidders will be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all bids so affected. ' Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous contracts satisfactorily, or his lack of experience or equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work, may be deemed sufficient cause for his disqualification. ' O. UNIT PRICES In case of error in the extension .of prices, the unit bid prices shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to- waive ' any informality in the bids at his discretion. P n 3 7/1/2005 11 PROPOSAL FORM FOR HUNTER'S PASS ESTATES Phase 1-Street and Utility Improvement Project Albertville, Minnesota Bids are due on or before 2:00 PM, August 02, 2005 at the office of Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. Owner: Minnesota Development Agency Engineer: Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. 1111 Highway 25 North Buffalo, MN 55313 The undersigned, as bidder, hereby proposes and, if this proposal is accepted, agrees to furnish bonds as required and to enter into a contract with the Owner to furnish all materials, labor, skill, tools and equipment for the complete construction of streets and utilities, including all accessories as called for by the Specifications herewith, as prepared by Meyer Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, MN, 55313, acting as and in these contract documents entitled as the Engineer for the following estimated quantities and unit prices. Bid Submitter: Rin A - CAMITARV Date: No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price 1 Connect to E)dstinq Lift Station 1 EA 2 Connect to Exifin 8" Sanitary 1 EA 3 8" PVC, SDR 35 8' - 10' 970 LF 4 8" PVC SDR 35, 10' -12' 1020 LF 5 8" PVC SDR 35 12' -14' 1509 LF 6 8" PVC, SDR 35 14' -16' 335 LF 7 8" PVC, SDR 35 18' - 20' 185 LF 8 8" PVC SDR 26, 14' -16' 52 LF 9 1 8" PVC SDR 26, (16'- 18' 204 LF 10 8" PVC SDR 26, 18' - 20' 388 LF 11 DR 8" PVC, S26 20' - 22' 131 LF 12 6" C-900 Force Main (0-81 886 LF 13 6" 11.25 DIP Bend 1 EA 14 6" 45 DIP Bends 2 EA 15 48" Manhole 0-8' 28 EA 16 48" Manhole Extra Depth 189 LF 17 8" Manhole Outside Drop - 2' 2 EA 18 8" Outside Drop Extra Depth 6 LF 19 Sanitary Service Group - 4" 90 EA 20 4" PVC SDR 26 Riser Pie 232 LF 21 4" PVC, SDR 26 Service Pie 3892 LF BID A - SANITARY TOTAL Rlr1 R - WATM12UAIKI No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price 1 Connect to Existing 8" Water Main 2 EA 2 4" C-900 PVC Watermain 99 LF 3 4" Gate Valve Box & Riser 1 EA 4 4" 45 DIP Bend 1 EA 5 6" C-900 PVC Watermain 217 LF 6 8" C-900 PCV Watermain 5366 LF 7 8" Gate Valve Box & Riser 13 EA 8 8" 11.25 DIP Bends 16 EA 9 8" 22.5 DIP Bends 19 EA 10 8" 45 DIP Bends 8 EA Page 1 1� n I . 11 8" X 4" DIP Tee 1 1 EA 12 8" X 8" DIP Tee 3 EA 13 8" X 6" DIP Tee 12 EA 14 8" X 8" DIP Cross 1 EA 15 8" X 6" DIP Reducer 4 EA 16 1 H drant w/ 6" Gate Valve 16 EA 17 Water Service Group 1" 90 EA 18 Copper Service Pie 1" 3900 LF 19 Insulation Over Watermain 192 SF BID B - WATERMAIN TOTAL BID C - STORM DRAIN No. Item Q . Unit Unit Price Total Price 1 12" HDPE all depths) 525 LF 2 12" RCP Class 5, all depths) 527 LF 3 15" HDPE all depths) 60 LF 4 15" RCP Class 4 all depths) 431 LF 5 18" HDPE all depths) 631 LF 6 18" Metal FES w/ Trash Guard 3 EA 7 18" RCP Class III, all depths) 478 LF 8 21" RCP Class III all depths) 28 LF 9 24" HDPE all depths) 302 LF 10 24" Metal FES w/ Trash Guard 2 EA 11 24" RCP, Class III, all depths) 28 LF 12 36" RCP, Class III all depths) 79 LF 13 36" RCP FES w/ Trash Guard 1 EA 14 7' X 3' Box Culvert 60 LF 15 Granular Material MnDOT 3149.2G CV 36 CY 16 Rock Foundation Material C 40 CY 17 2'x3' Catch Basin 0-5' 7 EA 18 2'x3' Catch Basin Extra Depth 2 LF 19 27" Catch Basin 0-5' 1 EA 20 48" Catch Basin 0-5' 27 EA 21 48" Catch Basin Extra Depth 14 LF 22 60" Catch Basin 0-5' 2 EA 23 60" Catch Basin Extra Depth 7 LF 24 Rip Rap, CL III w/Geotextile Fabric 50 CY BID C - STORM DRAIN TOTAL 7/1/2005 Page 2 Rin n . STREETS 7/1/2005 No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price 1 Subgrade Preparation 14743 SY 2 Class 5 Base CV 2303 CY 3 Select Granular Material MnDOT 3149.28 CV 6908 CY 4 lCurb & Gutter B612 134 LF 5 Concrete Cross Gutters 83 LF 6 Curb & Gutter, 28" Surmountable 7895 LF 7 Type 31 Bituminous Base 1548 TON 8 Type 41 Bituminous Wear 929 TON 9 Geotextile Fabric (Type 5 13815 SY Draintile - 4" Perforated 7900 LF 5" Concrete Sidewalk 5'Wide w/ 6" Base 16735 SF r12 Pedestrian Rams 8 EA Ad'ust Manhole 28 EA Adjust Gate Valve 13 EA BID D - STREETS TOTAL RIr1 F - MIS!_FI 1 oIJFrN IS No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price 1 Barricades - Type III 1 EA 2 Rock Construction Entrance 2 EA 3 Mobilization 1 EA BID E - MISCELLANEOUS TOTAL GRAND TOTAL Page 3 Subcontractors to be used in the work must be shown below. Name Address ' Name Address If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence work and to complete all work ' according to the schedule in the special provisions. This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and specifications and from a personal ' knowledge of the conditions, both surface and subsoil, at the various sites, which knowledge was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information and not from any official or employee of the Owner. ' The undersigned does declare this proposal is g p p made without improper connection with any ' other person or persons making a proposal on this same contract and. is in all respects fair and without collusion_. or fraud. and, the...undersigned does.. further... declare that . no person.. or .persons acting in any official capacity for the Owner is directly or indirectly interested in the proposal ' herein or in the supplies or works to which it relates or in any portion of the profits thereof. . It is understood and agreed that this .proposal cannot be withdrawn within thirty (30) days after ' the opening of bids without the consent of the Owner and that the Owner has the right to accept the lowest responsive -responsible bidder or reject any or all proposals. ADDENDUM RECEIPT The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is acknowledged. Addendum No. Date ' Addendum No. Date 11 11 11 11 Legal Name of Person, Firm or Corporation ADDRESS PHONE 11 CONTRACT AGREEMENT HUNTER'S PASS ESTATES STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of , 2005, by and between hereinafter called the Contractor, and Minnesota Development Agency, hereinafter called the Owner. WITNESSETH: That the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations hereinafter agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 - SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish all of the material and perform all of the work shown on the plans and drawings as described in the specifications entitled, "HUNTER'S PASS ESTATES STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT PROJECT", as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, acting as and in these contract documents entitled "Engineer". ARTICLE 2 - COMPLETION OF WORK The Contractor shall complete the work as specified within the specifications. ARTICLE 3 - THE CONTRACT SUM The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to receive and accept payment in accordance with the unit prices bid and based upon the estimated quantities for the combined estimated sum as set forth in the accepted Contractors Proposal on file with the Owner, to be ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of the following component parts: 1) Contract Agreement 2) General Conditions 3) Supplemental Conditions 4) Special Provisions 5) Joint Powers Water Board 6) Street Construction Specifications 7) Concrete Curb Specifications 8) Standard Specifications for Trench Excavation 9) Standard Specifications for Watermain 10) Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewer 11) Plan Sheets - 04115 This Instrument, together with the documents above mentioned, form the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated. ARTICLE 5 - PAYMENTS The Contractor shall submit monthly requests for payment to the Engineer, as per specifications, including lien waivers requesting payment for all materials, and labor expended for the payment period. The Owner will retain five (5%) percent of the amount of the payment until full completion of the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed as of the day and year first above written. MINNESOTA DEVELOPMENT AGENCY BY BY s This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By National Society of American Society AC E C .. '. Professional Engineers ASCEof Civil Engineers r„f„ tmn couNOL or Emommum COUNWO Professional Engineers in Pfhmfe Practice PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENG INEERS �. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America S *Mdadga f" cmatlnp �� use and uHlEotno e�i �rnrwaaem Construction Specifications Institute E3 CDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright 0 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Copyright 02002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers g 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 ' These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a ' change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C-800) (2002 Edition). EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright C 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 2 'i TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1.01 1.02 ARTICLE 2.01 1 - DEFINITIONS ANDTERMINOLOGY ................................................... . Defined Terms..................................................................................................................... Terminology........................................................................................ ......... ......... 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS............................................................ Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance...............................................................................:.........9 .. .......6 .. ................. ....6 ......... ..........................8 ........9 ' ' 2.02 Copies of Documents................................................................ .... 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed............ ....... .............. ,.................. .................9 2.04 Starting the Work .................................................. . .9 2.05 Before Starting Construction ................................................ ....... ................... ............. ........9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference........................................................... ............... ........ ......... ......... .................9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ............................................ .... ...9 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ................................ ......... .................10 3.01 Intent ................................................................ .................. ......... ......... ...............10 3.02 Reference Standards............................................................................ ......... ......... ......... .........................10 . IO 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................. ..... 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ................................ .......... ........ ................... 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents......................................................................... ......... ......... ......... ..•...... ................11 3.06 Electronic Data........................................................................,.. ......... ......... ........ ......... ........... - ...11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS " ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ............................. ......... .................................................11 ................................................. ......... ......... ......... ......... ................ 4.01 Availability ofLands ..........................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ................................................... .. 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...........:.......................................--... .......... ......... ...12 13 4.04 Underground Facilities . .................................. ............... ... ........... - 13 4.05 Reference Points......................................................... .... .. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .............. ............. ..... ............ ........ ......... ..... .....13 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE ................................ ................ ......... ......... ........ .................14 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .............................. ......... ....... ......... ......... ......... .................14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ........ ......•• ............•......... ..... ..... .15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance .............. .................. ......... ................ ..........15 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance ............... .................... .................... .................15 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance .... .16 5.06 Property Insurance ............. .......................... .................. .............. ........I6 5.07 Waiver of Rights....................................................................... ............................... .................. .................17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ............................... _ 17 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ................................... .. 17 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ................ ......... ......... ......... ...........................18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ......................... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ..................18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence..................................................... .... 18 6.02 Labor, Working Hours ..................... ............................. .............18 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ................................. ............. .......... ......... ............... ............18 6.04 Progress Schedule ........................ ...... .................. ......... .........,.............................18 .... 19 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals.. .................................... "' 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others........... ................................................•••.20 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties .................... . ..................... ......... ..................21 6.09 Permits ..... egul. tio................................................ ..... ................... .........................21 6.09 Laws and Regulations •" """' 6.10 6.11 Taxes ....... ...... ......... Use of Site and Other Areas ................. ..... .... ............................... ......... ......... ...................22 ...........22 .......... 22 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 Record Documents ...................... ..... ........... ... ................. Safety and Protection ......................................... ..... ........... ....... .......... Safety Representative ............................................ ..... .......... .. ....... Hazard Communication Programs ................................................. ....... ......... ..... .... .. ........22 ..... .... ... 23 ......... ....... ... ........ EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ® 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 - 3 6.16 Emergencies..........................................................................................................................................................23 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples..................................................................................................................................23 ..... .... ..... 6.19 Continuing the Work ......................................... ....... .......... ............................. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee....................................................................................................24 6.20 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................................................24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services ................. ..................... ......... WORK AT THE SITE ..... ..... .....24 ......... ......... .........................25 25 ARTICLE7 7.01 7.02 7.03 - OTHER ......................................................................................................................... Related Work at Site...............................................................................................................................................25 Coordination..........................................................................................................................................................26 Legal Relationships................................................................... ............................... RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................26 ...............................................26 ARTICLE 8.01 8.02 8.03 8.04 8.05 8.06 8.07 8.09 8.09 8.10 8.11 ARTICLE 9.01 9.02 8 - OWNER'S .............................................................. Communications to Contractor..............................................................................................................................26 Replacement of Engineer.......................................................... ......... ..................... ......... ..........................26 Furnish Data............................................................................. ......... ......... ............................................... 26 Pay When Due........................................................................... ......... ...........................................................26 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .................... ...................................................................................26 Insurance......................................................................................................................................................26 Change Orders.......................................................................................................................................................26 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ................................ .......................................... ......... ..........................26 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities.............................................. ......... ......... ......... ..........................27 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ........................... ..................................................................... 27 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ... ..................... .- .........27 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ................ ......................... ........... ..........27 Owner's Representative............................................................................................ ......... ....,..................27 ........ ............................ .......................27 Visits to Site...... .. .. ..... .. ..................................................................... .... 9.03 Project Representative...................................................................................... 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work ................................................. ......... ......... 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work ........ ........................................... ......... ......... 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ....................... ...................................................... 9.07 Determinationsfor Unit Price Work ...................................................................................................................... 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities .............................. .....................................................28 IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ............... .................................... 27 ......... ......... ...........................27 ...................................................27 ...............28 28 .............................. .............28 ................................................29 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES .................................................... 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ................ ................................. ......... ....................................28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work..... ....................................................................................................29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders.................. .................. ......... ......... ......... .................................................29 10.04 Notification to Surety .. .......... ........ ...................•. .................................................... ...........................29 10.05 Claims ......................... ....... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .................29 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICE WORK.......... . ............. ......... ......................30 11.01 Cost of the Work ........... ............. ..... ... .................. ......... .. .. ... ........ ....,.....,.................30 11.02 Allowances ..... ............................................................... ......... ..... .................. ............................31 11.03 Unit Price Work ......... .......................................... ........ ......... ....... ................ ...................31 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ........................ .....................32 12.01 Change of Contract Price .......................................... .......... ......... ..............................................................32 12.02 Change of Contract Times ............................. ..................... .............. ....... ......... .....,............... ................33 12.03 Delays .......................................... ..................... ................... ......... ......... ..................... ................33 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ....... 33 13.01 Notice of Defects................................................................................ ......... ..................................................33 13.02 Access to Work....................................................................... .......................................... .............................33 13.03 Tests and Inspections......................................................................... ......... .....:..........................................33 13.04 Uncovering Work............................................................................... ......... ..................................................34 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work...................................................................................... ..................... .................34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.............................................................................................................34 13.07 Correction Period ............................. ........................ .34 ....... ..........35 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ........... ........:........................................................................................... 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work ................................................. ...............................................................35 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .......... ......... ......... ......... .............................36 14.01 Schedule of Values ............................ ......... ......... ..................... ............................................................36 14.02 Progress Payments ............................ .......................................... ......... ..................................................36 14.03" Contractor's Warranty of Title ...........................................................................................................................37 14.04 Substantial Completion ......... ................................. ......... ....... ...............................................................37 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright m 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC All rights reserved. 00700 - 4 14.05 Partial Utilization................................................................ ...................... ....... ... .......................... ..38 38 14.06 Final Inspection ...... ......................................... .......... ..... .... .. ..... ... 14.07 Final Payment . ............................................................................... .................. ... ....38 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ................................................ ..39 14.09 Waiver of Claims.............................................................................. .......... .................... ............ — .. —39 15 SUSPENSION OF WORD AND TERMINATION. .................... ......... ... ..............39 ARTICLE 15.01 - Owner May Suspend Work ............................................... ....................... ............. .. .... ...................39 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause................................................................. ..... ............................................39 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience............................................................. ......... ..................... ...........40 15,04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ................................................ ......... ......... ......... ......... ...........40 ' ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..................................... ..41 16.01 Methods and Procedures....................................................... ....... ........ .................... ........ ..............41 - MISCELLANEOUS................................,...................................................... ......... ......... ......... ...........41 ARTICLE17 17.01 Giving Notice ........................................................................................... ..... ......... ......... `......... ...........41 17.02 Computation of Times.............................................................................. ......... ......... ......... ......... ...........41 ...........41 z17.03 Cumulative Remedies.................................................................................................... ......... ......*" 17.04 Survival of Obligations.............................................................................................. ......... .......................41 17.05 Controlling Law .......................................................................... 17.06 Headings................................................................................................................................ .............41 y EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement --The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid --The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder --The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents --The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements --The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order --A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim --A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract --The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 1 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract , Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. , 13. Contract Price --The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times --The number of days or the . dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and,(iii) com- plete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as ' evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. ' Contractor —The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. .16. Cost of the Work --See Paragraph 11.01.A for ' definition. 17. Drawings --That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement --The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer —The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' 20. Field Order --A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or ' the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition —The ' presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 23. Hazardous Waste --The term Hazardous ' Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinanc- es, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 25., Liens --Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 26. Milestone --A principal event specified in the ' Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. ' 27. Notice of Award --The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 32. Progress Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project --The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual --The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work.'A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material --Source, special nucle- ar, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 36. Related Entity An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 37. Resident Project Representative --The autho- rized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 38. Samples --Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish . the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 39. Schedule of Submittals --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 40. Schedule of Values --A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various :portions of the Work and used 28. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Con- Payment. tract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor 'shall start to perform the Work under the 41. Shop Drawings --Ail drawings, diagrams, Contract Documents. illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for 29. Owner —The individual or entity with whom Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom portion of the Work. the Work is to be performed. 42.S ite--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract 30. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls. Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and 31. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or easements for access thereto, and such other lands any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and Contractor. 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, 43. Specifications --That part of the Contract kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste Documents consisting of written requirements for and crude oils. materials, equipment, systems, standards and - workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 44. Subcontractor --An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 45. Substantial Completion --The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 46. Successful Bidder --The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 47.. Supplementary Conditions --That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 48. Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- er, distributor,. materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 49. Underground, Facilities --All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, ' gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 50. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 51. Work --The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered", "as directed" or terms of like effect or import.to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for , compliance . with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a , specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day, 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word `Work,", refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, 52. Work Change Directive --A written statement or to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the recommendation of final payment (unless Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface responsibility for the protection thereof has been or physical conditions under which the Work is to be assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. r E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "pro- vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- ments, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other,, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times com- mence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead, and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.02 Copies of Documents 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten A. At least 10 days before submission of the first printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Application for " Payment a conference attended by Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be at the cost of reproduction. held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times, Notice to Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 Proceed days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be A. The Contract Times will commence to run on made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement submitted to Engineer. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. - ...>. w..n.. w._e.___r o__._.-...co_-r.............1 C..... r-vTr nr An riahtF reRP.rved. I 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose . on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications :and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake respon- sibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy. which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner. or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambigu- ity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations ' Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or applicable to the performance of the Work EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. .� .. --.. — ... ... n _ Ali .4.hfr 1--di (unless such an interpretation of the provisions sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic of the Contract Documents would result in viola- files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. tion of such Law or Regulation). I B. Because data stored in electronic media 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or Documents otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform A. The Contract Documents may be amended to acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60- ' Change Order or a Work Change Directive. day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party.. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and C. When transferring documents in electronic deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more media format, the transferring party makes no of the following ways: representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of ' 1. A Field Order; software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or data's creator. Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D3); or ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; 3. Engineer's written interpretation or SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; ' clarification. HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 3.05 Reuse of Documents ' A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier 4.01 Availability of Lands 1 or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall Contractor, shall not: notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership Site with which Contractor must comply in performing rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or for easements for permanent structures or permanent bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are including electronic media editions; or unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in other documents, or copies thereof on extensions Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor of the Project or any other project without written consent may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification 10.05. or adaption by Engineer. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. title and legal description of the lands upon which the Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with 3.06 Electronic Data - applicable Laws and Regulations. A. Copies of ' data furnished by Owner or C. Contractor shall provide for all additional Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or lands and access thereto that may be required for Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the temporary construction facilities or storage of materials printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in and equipment. electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will beat the user's EJCDC C-700 Standard Genera! Conditions of the Construction Contract. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connec- tion therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following. a, such condition must meetany one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in' Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, explo- ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - _ .. .. .., _ ___.___. n__ ___-.. r__ WTfInr+ A/1 .4_1,# --A ' c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. ' 3, If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by ' Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities tA. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished io Owner or Engineer by the owners of such TI d and Facilities including Owner, or by others. nptly review the Underground Facility and determine extent, if any, to which a change is required in the tract Documents to reflect and document the sequences of the existence or location of the Under - and Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be ionsible for the safety and protection of such lerground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the itract Documents is required, a Work Change rctive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and ument such consequences. An equitable adjustment 11 be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or h, to the extent that they are attributable to the aence or location of any Underground Facility that s not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated h reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and . t Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably re been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on itlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any ,h adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, finer or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as ►vided in Paragraph 10.05. n ergro , Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Sup- plementary Conditions:05 Reference Paints 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to ' for the accuracy or completeness of any such information tablish reference points for construction which in or data; andEngineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible 2. the cost of all of the following will be for laying out the Work; shall protect and preserve the included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have established reference points and property monuments, and full responsibility for: shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to a. reviewing and checking all such information Engineer whenever any reference point or property is lost or destroyed or requires relocation and data, ; monument because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or indicated in the Contract Documents, relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site during construction, and A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to d. the safety and protection of all such Under- the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of ground Facilities and repairing any damage those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that thereto resulting from the Work. have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of B. Not Shown or Indicated the Contract Documents. 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general _ or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, and drawings, but such reports: and drawings ,are not is identified promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further Contract Documents. Such "technical data" disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such make Underground Facility and give written notice to that their Related Entities with respect to: owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information, contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or re- vealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount, or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the conse- quences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, • agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds F. If after receipt of such written notice A. Contractor shall furnish ` performance and Contractor. does not agree to resume such Work based on payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and resume such Work under such special conditions, then payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect area affected by such condition to be deleted from the until one year after the date when final payment becomes Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to due or until completion of the correction period specified EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. .,_.____.. _t. m. nnnn M, :---I v n4n c rnr R7('nC_ An rinhts reserved. in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided from claims set forth below which may arise out of or otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract result from Contractor's performance of .the Work and Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Contractor's other obligations under the Contract bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, ' any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such liable: sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties 1. claims under workers' compensation, ' on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Compa- disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit nies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the acts; Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's l authority to act. employees; C. 'If the surety on any bond famished by 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, ' Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or sickness or disease, or death of any person other than its right to do business is terminated in any state where Contractor's employees; any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 available personal injury liability coverage which are sus - days after the event giving rise to such notification, tained: provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and a. by any person as a result of an offense directly 5.02. or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or ' 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers b. by .any other person for any .ocher reason; A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized property wherever located, including loss of use resulting in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue therefrom; and bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or _, also meet such additional requirements and qualifications death of any person or property damage arising out of the as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to insurance required by to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary 1. with respect Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and maintain. any other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as addi- ' B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies tional insureds, and include coverage for the respective to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all and maintain. claims covered thereby; 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Regulations, whichever is greater; Work being, performed and as will provide protection EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract . I. -I --- .. ___, n_-..•.. ..r n_..m......, --I L'....... r-HTrini' A11 ►.nh►. ruin. a 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual Iiability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect 'at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and 7. with respect to completed operations insur- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to ,the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifi- cally required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; Owner; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certifi- cates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accor- dance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Ail riahtc rPerrvPd_ ' deductible amounts that are identified in the Supple- 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, mentary Conditions: The risk of loss within such or other consequential loss extending beyond direct identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, .and if caused by, arising out of, or resulting from' fire or other any of them wishes property insurance coverage within perils whether or not insured by Owner; and the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from E. If Contractor requests in writing that other fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any special insurance be included in the property insurance property insurance maintained on the completed Project policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if or part thereof by' Owner during partial utilization possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred 5.07 Waiver of Rights to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of mentary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional them. ' insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes A. Any insured loss under the policies of of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate each other and their respective officers, directors, account any money so received and shall distribute it in partners, employees, agents, consultants and accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest ' subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order , in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days partners, employees, agents, consultants and after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this subcontractors of each and any of them) under such power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary policies for losses and damages so. caused. None of the shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with above waivers shall extend to the rights that any parry such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no making such waiver may have to the proceeds of such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the L under any policy so issued. insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper y B. Owner. waives all rights against. Contractor, performance of such duties. Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to subcontractors of each and any of them for: Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other parry's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall continence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction ,which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Docu- ments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good disci- pline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, " power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, . installed, 'connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 1!"11 A 11 .....1.4n ..n.�n ...i ' 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjust- ments will comply with any provisions of the General Re- quirements applicable thereto." 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal Items. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or -equal item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it 'will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substi- tute item will a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to than specified, and c) be suited to the same use as "that specified; 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will preju- dice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time; . b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Docu- ments (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. c) whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in con- nection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified , and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; 4) and shall contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or .credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, B. Substitute Construction Methods or Proce- dures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.063), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the , identity - of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date ' prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or ' entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reason- able objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and ' the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued . No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall consti- tute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any ' will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Whether or not Engineer entity, nor approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by ' Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed create any obligation on the part of Owner or substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys I charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and and Regulations. Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, ' D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for partners, employees, agents, consultants and from and against scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, subcontractors of each and any of them Suppliers; and other individuals or entities performing or all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, contract with Contractor. attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, or relating to any infringement of patent rights or Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities per- copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the in the Work of forming or furnishing any of the Work to communicate Work or resulting from the incorporation with Engineer through Contractor. any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. ' F. The divisions and sections of the Specifica- tions and the identifications of any Drawings shall not 6.08 Permits control,Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcon- tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple - performed by any specific trade. mentary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appro- and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental priate agreement between Contractor and the charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is owners for connections for providing permanent service. with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an to the Work. additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor 6.09 Laws and Regulations and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights A. Contractor shall give all notices required by against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer„ and all other and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applica- individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary ble to the performance of the Work. Except where Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be for monitoring Contractor's compliance with consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) responsible for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, any Laws or Regulations. relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or a insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees the same. and charges of engineer's, architects, attorneys, and other 1 professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. be Contractor's However, it shall not primary A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and royalties and assume all' costs incident to the use in the Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's of any invention, design, process, product, or device obligations under Paragraph 3.03. which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by ' others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of in the performance of the Work and if to the actual the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the ' patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any ' Documents. such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equip- ment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment. or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.` B. Removal of Debris During Per of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the com- pletion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engi- neer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, -maintaining and supervising all safety precau- tions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, .or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Draw- EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ^ nnn, PT-.: --- I ..f'fi.r TTf4)('. All riohts rrserved. ings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be Owner or Engineer or. , or anyone employed by any of complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be specified performance and design criteria, liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole materials, and similar data to show Engineer the ' or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any services, materials, and equipment Contractor Subcontractor, Supplier, -or other individual or entity proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to directly or indirectly employed by any of them). review the information for the limited purposes ' required by Paragraph 6.17.D. D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until 2. Samples. Contractor shall also submit such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance dance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable Sample submittals. (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). a. Submit number of Samples specified in the a Specifications. 6.14 Safety Representative b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties the use for which intended and other data as and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents Engineer may require to enable Engineer to and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions review the submittal for the limited purposes and programs. required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordi- , any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole other hazard communication information required to be expense and responsibility of Contractor. made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or C. Submittal Procedures Regulations. 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or 6.16 Emergencies Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protec- a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, tion of persons or the Work or property at the Site or specified performance and design criteria, adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent installation requirements, materials, catalog threatened damage, injury, or loss., Contractor shall give numbers, and similar information with respect Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that thereto; any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are b. the suitability of all materials with respect to required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, change in the Contract Documents is required because of storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the action taken by Contractor in response to such an the performance of the Work; emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order alI information relative o Contractor's will be issued. c. responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- dance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop the identified as Engineer may require. Drawings and Samples and with requirements of the Work and the Contract 1. Shop Drawings Documents. a. Submit number of copies specified in the . 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific General Requirements. written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Fe FTrnr._ All riohts reserved. with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific .written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submit- ted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to'Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of con- struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.L E. Resubmittal Procedures disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Sub- contractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of. the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- ity by Engineer; b. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. Engineer and shall return the required number of cor- rected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, 6.20 Indemnification new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and the corrections called for by Engineer on previous Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold submittals, harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and 6.19 Continuing the Work subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or attorneys, and other professionals and all court or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. A11 i4ahlc rrcrrved. 1 arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employ- ee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or 'entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or, approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this -Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 ` Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- tract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner B. If professional design services or and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with certifications by a design professional related to systems, Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a materials or equipment are specifically required of reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and materials and equipment and the execution of such other Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the such services or certifications to be provided by a Work that may be required to properly connect or properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal otherwise make its several parts come together and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 11 properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Condi- tions: Coordination 1. the individual or . entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibili- ties will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILYrIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 11 11 11 8.05 Lands and Easements, Reports and Tests ' A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to ' establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur- ance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have 1 control or authority over, nor be responsible for, B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but programs incident thereto, or for anyfailure of Contractor without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's t to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will _ performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, accordance with the Contract Documents. sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Condition Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undis- 9.03 Project Representative closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in ' Paragraph 4.06. A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who A Supplementary Conditions. is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of ' such other individual or entity will be as provided in the ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING Supplementary Conditions. CONSTRUCTION 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in A. Engineer will be Owner's representative the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the during the construction period. The duties and responsi- Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible bilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as with the design concept of the completed, Project as a Owner's representative during construction are set forth functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- in the Contract Documents and will not be changed ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and without written consent of Owner and Engineer. will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or 9.02 Visits to Site Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at inter- both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to vats appropriate to the various stages of construction as or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an , a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph r experienced and qualified design professional the 10.05. progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work ' general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to believes will not produce a completed Project that make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice checkthe quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's the integrity of the design concept of the completed efforts will : be directed toward providing for Owner a Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the require special inspection or testing of the Work as basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract " 1s. n .. , n_ _ _n �.__r_.-e__-• r._-_-.--.. P__ L•.IJMUl A U __T.s.... .. ...7 u 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10,11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer -to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be respon- sible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other. individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the require- ments of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsi- bility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and A. Without invalidating the Contract and without Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the D. When functioning as interpreter and judge Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. n........:..k, rT Dino i t..t:......i 1z a .f,, f D—fne 1-1 F.,a.,wnrc for F.H'.AC. All HPUR reserved. Cl 11 Ll L J 0 11 F' r promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 10.02 unauthorized Changes in the Work A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropri- ate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which 'embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. if notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The .amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that 'the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, 'the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph I0.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site -Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be,limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses,. sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make pay- ments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to d d' is bates and refunds and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will ' then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis -of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.0E 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to Engineers, architects, testing laboratories, ' surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's , employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation , and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the perfor- mance of the Work, an cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equip- ment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and. royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. Owner. All u a iscoun , re returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so. caused by damage to the Work, not compensated that they may be obtained, by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance 3. Payments made by Contractor to of the Work (except losses and damages within Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If the deductible amounts of property insurance required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive established in accordance with Paragraph bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and 5.06.1)), provided such losses and damages have EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. U U ' resulted from causes other than the negligence of be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when 'a directly or indirectly employed by any of them or Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined be for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall losses shall include settlements made with the determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.0I.C. written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to determining Contractor's fee. Paragraphs 1LOLA and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary accepted accounting practices and submit in a form breakdown facilities at the Site. acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost together with supporting data h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the 11.02 Allowances Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in :connection with the Work. A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered insurance Contractor is required by the Contract to be performed for such sums and by such persons or Documents to purchase and maintain. entities as maybe acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Costs Excluded: The tern Cost of the Work B. Cash Allowances shall not include any of the following items: 1. Contractor agrees that: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of a. the cash allowances include the cost to " partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor- of materials and equipment required by the to be delivered at the Site, and all neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting allowances agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other applicable taxes; and ' personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general b. Contractor' costs for unloading and handling administration of the Work and not specifically included on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred and other expenses contemplated. for the cash ' to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by allowances have been included in the Contract Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered Price and not in the allowances, and no demand administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee, for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. C. Contingency Allowance 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency , including interest on Contractor's capital employed for allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent unanticipated costs. payments... D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to Work Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of ' by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of correspondingly adjusted. defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to 11.03 Unit Price Work property. A. Where the Contract Documents provide that 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A and I1.O1.B. Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall the Agreement. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: I. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and signifi- cantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: U 1, a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or ' 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b.for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted F_TCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Constr ' by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the ' provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article IT. ARTICLE 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects 12.03 Delays A. Prompt notice of all defective or o w is ' Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to A. Where Contractor is prevented from Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, completing any part of the Work within the Contract corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.. Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to 13.02 Access to Work y i the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other ' control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, representatives and personnel of Owner, independent acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with or other contractorsperforming other work as contemplat- jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the ed by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal Work at reasonable times for their observation, weather conditions, or acts of God. inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs ' utility owners performing other work for Owner as so that they may comply therewith as applicable. contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the 13.03 Tests and Inspections performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice Price or the Contract Times ,' or both. Contractor's of readiness of the Work for all 'required inspections, entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and conditioned on such adjustment being essential to testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor's ability to complete the Work' within the Contract Times. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all C If Contractor is delayed in the performance or inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract t progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal Documents except: weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.043 the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. 3.'as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract Documents. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an attorneys, and other professionals and all court or employee or other representative of such public body, '.� arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging Contractor on or in connection with any other project or and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all anticipated project. costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the ' required certificates of inspection or approval. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with '., and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to LA EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract , be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers, it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attomeys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to' all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the ContractPrice. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will `conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether- or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attomeys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the , terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner'ss special warranty and guarantee, , if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special ' guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.1 LA is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to ' Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or ' 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by ' Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. ' E.iCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 4 B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- moved and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications . D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A; or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take posses- sion of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall .allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values' A. The Schedule of Values established as provid- ed in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- tion for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation' as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on dth b. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that a, inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsi- bilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or ; b. that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's .review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer. a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's 'failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that. title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. Engineer's review of the Application for Payment an e accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner a. the Work has progressed to the point indicat stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse ed; to recommend any such payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. ' inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's recommendation previously made, to such extent as may refusal of payment was not justified, the amount be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as loss because: determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title been damaged, requiring correction or replace- merit; A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the ' Change Orders; Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with 14.04 Substantial Completion ' Paragraph 13.09; or A. When Contractor considers the entire Work d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner ' occurrence of any of the events enumerated in and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is Paragraph 15.02.A. substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer C. Payment Becomes Due issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, , for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an ' the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions inspection of the Work to determine the status of of Paragraph 14A2.D) become due, and when due will be completion. If Engineer does not consider the ,Work - paid by Owner to Contractor. substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. D. Reduction in Payment C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially 1.Owner may refuse to make payment of the full complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative ' amount recommended by Engineer because: certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to a. claims have been made against Owner on the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or account of Contractor's performance or furnish- corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven ing of the Work; days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions b. Liens have been filed in connection with the of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such Work, except where Contractor has delivered a objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after i satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify . , . Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after ' c. there are other items entitling Owner to a consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers set-off against the amount recommended; or the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor ' d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs revised tentative list of items to be completed or correct 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph ed) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate 15.02.A. as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full J amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give ' Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommen- pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of dation as to division of responsibilities pending final the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise such action. in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following condi- tions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial - Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment ' A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.043.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all - labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) alI payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and , Acceptance 14.06 Final Inspection 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the the Work during construction and final inspection, and ' entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer's review of the final Applicationfor Payment Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with and accompanying documentation as required by the i Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals has been completed and Contractor's other obligations EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicat- ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- mentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the. Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to - Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constituter 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjust- ment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1 Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, Iosses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be .required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently .to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.13, and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing. labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or -other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be d"ue, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for I expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be EJCDC C-700 Standard GeneralConditions of the Construction Contract. governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for to the giver of the notice. mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the 17.02 Computation of Times Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. A. When any period of time is referred to in the ' Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to . B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If mediation process in good faith. The process shall be the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or ' concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the date of termination of the mediation shall be determined applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the by application of the mediation rules referenced above. computation. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, 17.03 Cumulative Remedies Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become A. The duties and obligations imposed by these ' final and binding 30 days after termination of the General Conditions and the rights and remedies available mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are Contractor: not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regula- resolution process provided for in the Supplementary lions, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other Conditions, or provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will ' be as effective as if repeated ' 2. agrees with the other party to submit the specifically in the Contaact Documents in connection with Claim to another dispute resolution process, or each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit -the Claim to a court of competent 17.04 Survival of Obligations Jurisdiction. A. All representations, indemnifications, warran- ' ties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in s ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu- ments, will survive final -payment, completion, and 17.01 Giving Notice acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of ' the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. ' A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be 17.05 Controlling Law deemed to have been validly given if A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a the state in which the Project is located. member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 17.06 Headings ' A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract F SUPPLMUNTALL GFM AL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTMUS SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.0 GENERAL These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8, 1996 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect The reference in parenthesis for each item in. these Supplementary Conditions corresponds to the relevant section of the General. Conditions which is -modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 2.0 DEFINED TERNS (GC-1) The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the Standard Conditions of the Construction Contract (No-. 1910 8, 1996 edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Completion Date(s): Shall be the date(s) stated in the Special._ Provisions for the completion of the work. 3.0 CONTRACT BONDS, NORIEN'S COMPENSATION & INSURANCE (GC-5) A. Contract Bond (GC-5.01) Prior to signing the contract, the Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the Owner and the local municipality for the full amount of the contract, based on the lump sum bid on the anticipated quantities and unit prices as determined by the Engineer. This bond shall have a maintenance guarantee for a period of two (2), years from final completion and acceptance of the work. B. Liability Insurance (GC-5.04) The Contractor shall, as provided in the General Conditions, obtain insurance acceptable to the owner in a. company or companies acceptable to the Owner and shall furnish copies of , all certificates of insurance to the Owner at the time he executes the Contract. The Contractor shall not commence work nor shall he allow his employees or subcontractors or anyone to commence work until 2 ■ $500,000 -Property Damage: $250,000 Each Occurrence Each Occurrence or combined single limit of $1,000,000 C., Contractual Liability Insurance (GC-5.04B) The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: Bodily Injury: $500,000 -Property Damage: $250,000 $500,000 Each Occurrence Each Occurrence Annual Aggregate D. Owner's Liability Insurance (GC-5.05) The Owner and Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. shall be named and listed as additional insured on the Contractor's general liability policy. The inclusion of more than one named insured shall not operate or impair the rights of one insured against another insured, and the coverages afforded shall apply as though separate policies has been issued to each insured. E. "All -Risk" Property Insurance (GC-5.06.A2) Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place; , "Contractor shall purchase and maintain until final payment property insurance upon the work at the site to the full , insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by laws and regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consultants in the work (all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties), ,shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious , mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions, and shall; include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including by not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and FA I N other professionals). If not covered under the "all-risk"' insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions,: Contractor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the work are to. '-_- be included in ana;" placation for payment. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accor ante with this paragraph 5.6 shall comply, with the requirements of GC-5.811. Boiler and Machihery Insurance GC-5.06.B) Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "Contractor shall -purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laves and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and. Engineer's consultants inrthe work, all of, whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. All responsibility for the safety of the work involving any steam boiler or any machinery; including the steam boiler and machinery itself, shall remain with.the Contractor on that part of the work, And shall so remairi until after testing of the equipment has shown it to be aooeptable to the owner's boiler and machinery insurer, if any,: -And -after such work has been accepted in writing by the Ow r." G. Receipt and: lication of Pro ert 'Insurance Proceeds (GC- 5 08) If Contractor is required to purchase property insurance, then any insured -ices will be adjusted with Contractor and payable to Contractor. H. Certificates of Insurance Certifica.tes endorsements of all required insurance policies thereof'shal.l ire submitted prior to commencing the work. Proof o.f,inz rande shall be submitted directly to the Owner for review- w an q oval with a record c2py only to the Engineer for this files The Contractor shall not begin a.ny work until -the -Owner -has reviewed and approved the Insurance Certificate. If :the Insurance Agent executing the Insurance Certificate andioatmo-that there are special limitations on the insurance then a copy of policy exclusions must be submitted with the Insurance Certificate. Insurance 5 policies need not be submitted unless specifically requested by the Owner. 4.0 -OR EQUAL" EQUIPMENT (GC-6.05) Major items or mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, and process equipment have been specified by name followed by the words "or equal". In all cases the dimensions shown on the plans are based on the named equipment. It shall be fully acknowledged and understood that the furnishing and installing of any "or equal" equipment shall include the preparation and submission of all details, shop and construction drawings showing all modifications necessary to accommodate such equipment. It shall be further acknowledged and understood that if any "or equal" is bid, the bid shall include all costs necessary to make any and all architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical changes required to incorporate such equipment into the project. No extras will be allowed after the award of the Contract for.any modifications required to install or properly operate "or equal" equipment All "or equal" equipment shall conform to the requirements -of the respective parts and sections of the plans and specifications. Guarantees shall also conform to the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall pay for all redesign costs associated with the retrofitting required for the installation and use of "or equal" equipment. The Contractor shall acquire the approval of "or equal" equipment before installation, if installation includes the incorporation of "or equal" equipment. 5.0 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS (GC-6.06) Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and the Special Provisions for any further requirements regarding subcontractor and supplier approval. 6.0 SEPARATE CONTRACTOR CLAIMS (New Section GC-6.20.A) Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out of Contractor's performance of the work at the site be made by any ,1 separate contractor again t Contractor, Owner, Engineer, the Construction. Coordinator or any other person, Contractor shall promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or, at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by laws and regulations,indemnify and hold owner, Engineer and the Construction Coordinator harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees .. of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs)'arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any separate contractor against Owner, Engineer or the Construction Coordinator to the extent based on a claim arising out of Contractor's performance of the work. Should a separate contractor cause damage to the work or property of Contractor ar should the performance of work by any separate contractor at the site give rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute any action., legal or equitable, against owner, Engineer or the Construction Coordinator or permit any action against any of them to `be maintained. and continued in its name or for its benefit in any court or before any,;arbiter which seeks to impose liability on or 'to . recover d ges `. fin Owner, Engineer or the ' Construction Coordinator on account of any such damage or claim. If Contractor is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing work by any act or neglect of a separate contractor and Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to thy: extent of any adjustment in 'contract time attributable thereto, Contractor may make a claim for an extension of time in accordance with ;Article 12 of the General Conditions. An extension of the contract time shall be Contractor's exclusiveremedy with respect to Owner, Engineer and Constru:etion Coordinator for any delay, disruption, interference or hindrance caused by any separate contractor. This paragraph does not prevent recovery from owner, Engineer or Construction Coordinator for activities that are their respective responsibilities. 7.0 I ' S 8TATV3 DURXNQ PERFOI NCZ OF THE WORK (GC-9) This section is' a,supplement to Article 9—Engineer's Status During Construction of the mineral Conditions. A. Owner s Consultant The Engineer, as :the design professional, will be the Owner"s consultant during the performance of the work. The duties and responsibili:ti4i'and the limitations of authority of the Engineer as the r' s consultant during this period are set forth in these Contract Documents and will not be extended 7 ■ without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. In the event of an extension of the Engineer's duties and responsibilities, the Contractor will be provided with written notice of such amendment. B. Role as Interpreter The Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder. All matters relating to the execution and progress of the work, or the interpretation of or performance under the Contract Documents, shell be referred initially to the Engineer for decision which will be rendered promptly. The Engineer will issue such written interpretation of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise). as he may determine necessary which will be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents C. Communications with Contractor All communications with the Contractor pertaining to performance of the work will normally be issued through the. Engineer. D. Resident Project Inspector The Resident Project Inspector will be either the Engineer or the Engineer's agent, as so designated. The Resident Project Inspector is responsible for assisting the Project Engineer in determining, in general, if the work is completed in accordance with the plans and specifications and Contract Documents. Communications pertaining to compliance submittals, written interpretations, and amendments shall be directed to the Engineer at his homeofficewith copies to the Resident Project Inspector. Communications pertaining to day -to -,day operations at the site shall be directed to the Resident Project Inspector. E. Authority to Disapprove or Reject Defective Work All equipment and materials used and all work done with at all times will be subject to the inspection, tests, and approval of the Engineer or his authorized representatives. 8 The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any work which is vldtfectivel' . He also has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the work. The Engi r has thie authority to disapprove car reject any def ectiVe-vorkmanshio, equipment or materials., If the work is defective or the Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilledworkmen or suitable equipment or materials, the.Engineer may order the Contractor ,to stop the work or any portion' ~thereof until the cause for such order° 'has been eliminated; however, this right of the Engineer to stop the work will not give rise to any duty on the part of the Engineer try exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any. rather , party . F. Limitations on EngiB�er''s Responsibilities This article states the.'- limitations on the Engineer's responsibility as between the Engineer and the Contractor. Neither Engineer's authority to act under these Contract Documents nor an d+eci.sion made by him in good fait]3 either to exercise,or not exercise such authority will give rise to any duty or r.+esponsbility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any Subcontractorli supplier or manufacturer, any of their agents or.employ s car any other person performing any of the work. The Engineer is not responsible for construction, safety precautions, and programs i.ncidental;'thereto. Neither is he responsible for the, Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Engineer is uot responsible for the acts or omissions of any Contractor or any,Subcontractor, Contractor's -supplier or, manufacturer, or any.of his or their agents or employees. The presence or absence of the Engineer or h s,representative will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or of any guarantee of his performance. Neither will observation by the Engineer or his representative in any way be understood`to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for proper supervision ,of the work at all times The review and a.ccep tance of the Contractor's compliance submittals,by',theAtfigineer will be understood to be only for conformance withsthe deeign-concept, for compliance with the I intent of the Contract Documents, and to assist the Contractor in interpreting the Contract Documents, sous to preclude delivery of the equipment or materials not S acceptable for the work. The Engineer's acceptance of compliance submittals will not place upon him any responsibility for any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviation at the time of the submission and the Engineer has given written concurrence on the specific deviation. Such deviations will be included in a contract amendment. G. Engineer's Pay Estimates Any Engineer's pay estimate will constitute a representation by the Engineer to the owner that work has progressed to the extent indicated. To the best of his knowledge, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount shown in the Engineer's pay estimate. Rendering the Engineer's pay estimate is not an approval of the quality or quantity of the work, the means or methodsof construction, or the monetary methods used by the Contractor. The Engineer may refuse to render an Engineer's pay estimate for the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it would be an incorrect representation to the Owner. 8.0 CORRECTON PERIOD (GC-13.07) The correction period identified in -paragraph 13.12 of the General Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year corrector period, which shall commence after completion and acceptance of all: the work identified in the plans and specifications. All other requirements of paragraph 13.12 shall remain in effect. 9.0 UNIT PRICE (CORK (GC-11.03) Add the following paragraph: "11.9.4 If the actual quantity of a unit -priced item varies , more than 15% above or below the estimated quantity, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be negotiated upon demand of either the owner or the Contractor. The equitable adjustment shall be based upon any increase or decrease in costs due solely to the variation above 115% or below 85% of the estimated quantity." 10 U 10 « 0 APPLIC, W P ► ( -14 02 ) Change the last sentence to read as follows: "'The ownershall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all works covered by the Contract Documents." 11 LNN (W.9:4.02 ) The Contractor -shall furnish` partial or complete lien waivers along with each, payment- request. The lien waivers shall be subitted. the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material suppliers on the project`. No payment will be authorized unless the lien waivers are reCeived. 12 « # STATE aP K QLDiNG &R ZN'T3 ( CSC -14.07 A2 ) The Contractor and -all- sijbcontractors shall submit State 'form IC- 134, "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors" along with the final payment request. No nt will be authorized unless ,the IC-134 forms are received. The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705 regarding out-of-state Contractors. Farms may be,obtained from the Minnesota Department of Revenue, Business 'Trust Tax Division. 13 0 . I TI tN (!6 -1 ) Add the following paragraph: 16.6 "'The Contractor will carry on theworkand maintain the progress schedule during an arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.,, 14 0" FASLMtl TOC+ 'i�flRK ON TIME (CSC-12.04) Should the Contractor fail to complete the work on or before the original date(s) set forth for completion in paragraph 1 of the Special Provisions, oron or before the corrected date as granted by extension -of time: fpr completion, the Owner may permit the Contractor ,to proceed, ' in such case, 'there shall ,be deducted from any monies due or that may became due the Contractor, the sum. of $250.00 per, day for i ch.and every calendar day, exclusive of Sundays and holidays, that the work shall remain uncompleted.' This sum shall be considered and treated, not as a penalty, but as the cost of field and office Engineering and Inspections and Liquidated Damages. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after date , to which the time of completion may have been extended, shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner, or as a waiver of any of his rights under the contract. Neither by the taking over of the work by the Owner nor by the termination of the contract shall the Owner forfeit the right'to recover liquidated damages from the Contractor or his surety for failure to complete the contract. 12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS HUNTER'S PASS ESTATES TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 1 . Proj ect 2. Foreman and Preconstruction Meeting 3. Construction Staking and Observation 4. Construction Limits 5. Existing Utilities 6. Contractor -Engineer -Inspector Relationship Page 2 7. Subcontractors 8. Incidental Items 9. Responsibility 10. Starting Time 11. Permit Requirements 12. Compaction Page 3 13. Testing 14. Protection of Existing Utilities 15. Specifications Which Apply ' 16. Shop Drawings 17. Standard Plates Page 4 18. Subsurface Exploration 19. Clean -Up ' II. UTILITIES -GENERAL 1. Bedding 2. Materials Page 5 3. Connections 4. Compaction Under Services III. LOW PRESSURE SANITARY SEWER MAIN 1. Scope ' 2. Materials Page 6 4. Execution (FORCE MAIN) ' Page 7 IV. WATERMAINS 1. Blocking 2. Watermain Testing Page 8 3. Water Service Group Page 9 4. Fire Hydrant 5. Valves and Boxes Page 11 6. Connect to Existing Watermain 7. Method of Measurement - Watermain 8. Basis of Payment - Watermain 9. Watermain Extra Depth 10. Waermain Wrapping Page 12 V. UTILITIES 1. Sanitary Sewer Testing 2. Sewer Service Group and Pipe 3. Manhole and Catch Basin Protection 4. Catch Basin and Manhole Openings 5. Box Culvert and Retaining Wall VI. STREETS AND GRADING 1. Street Construction Page 13 2. Test Rolling 3. Drain Tile 4. Geotextile Fabric 5. Select Granular Borrow 6. Seed, Mulch, Disk Anchor 7. Excess Material 8. City Requirements Page 14 9. Pedestrian Ramps 10. Barricades - Type III 11. Sidewalk 12. Maciver Avenue NE 13. Park Parking Area VII. EROSION CONTROL 1. Protection of Downstream Amenities ' Page 15 2. Erosion Control Bale Checks ' 3. Silt Fence 4. Wood Fiber Blanket 5. Catch Basin Inlet Protection SPECIAL PROVISIONS PROJECT NO.04115 I. GENERAL 1. PROJECT The project consists of the construction and installation of watermain, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, street in Albertville, Minnesota. The project will be completed in 2 phases. This contract covers Phase I. An anticipated start date for the Project is August 2005. All streets and utilities shall be completed in the Fall of 2005. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the summer of the following year and shall be completed after June 15, but before September 1, unless approved by the City Engineer. The Contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Article 9 of the Supplemental Conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole or in part. 2. FOREMAN AND PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Before work is initiated, a preconstruction meeting shall be held between the Engineer, Contractor, Utility Companies and other involved parties, if any. The Contractor will present to the Engineer an estimated schedule for completion of various portions of the project. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer who the foreman on the project will be. The foreman shall be on the job at all times. The foreman shall be responsible for all phases of the project, including work done by the General Contractor and the subcontractor. Engineering decisions with regard to the work done by subcontractors shall go through the General Contractor and specifically the foreman for the job. 3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND OBSERVATION The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least two (2) working days notice for any grade and line stakes or inspection that he requires for proper execution of any phase of the project. The Contractor shall preserve these stakes until the work is completed. Restaking required due to Contractor negligence will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Meyer-Rohlin shall complete all construction staking. Call Craig Johnson at (763) 682-1781 for scheduling. 4. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall confine his activities to the right-of-way or designated construction area. Equipment and material storage or deposition of excavated materials on private property must be approved in writing by the property owners, a copy of which shall be presented to the Engineer prior to such storage or deposition. Failure to do so will result in immediate suspension of work until such approval has been obtained or materials removed, and area restored to its previous condition or better. The contractor shall be responsible for restoring damaged wetlands that may occur during the project. 5. EXISTING UTILITIES The Contractor shall be in communication with the respective utility companies to coordinate their schedule with any location work that is required. See the cover sheet of the plan set for utility contacts. 6. CONTRACTOR -ENGINEER -INSPECTOR RELATIONSHIP The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction safety. All phases of the project shall proceed in accordance with OSHA safety requirements. The presence of the Engineer or his agents or employees on the job site shall not relinquish the Contractor of this responsibility or hold the Contractor harmless for the quality of workmanship or defects in materials. 7. SUBCONTRACTORS All subcontractors that the General will use shall be shown on the proposal form. Any other subcontractor will not be allowed without explicit written permission by the Engineer. The General Contractor shall coordinate all work between his subs and the Engineer. The Engineer will not correspond directly with any subcontractor. Any on -site meetings that are held will be conducted only if the General Contractor's foreman is present. 8. INCIDENTAL ITEMS Any and all additional items of work or other items that must be done to fully complete this project shall be incidental to the bid items as bid. 9. RESPONSIBILITY The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for all work that is performed on this project. It is the General Contractor's responsibility to see that all specifications and testing requirements are followed. 10. STARTING TIME The Contractor shall not engage in or permit construction activities involving the use of any kind of electric, diesel, or gas powered machine or other power equipment, except between the hours of 7:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M. on any weekday with no work on Sundays or legal holidays. 11. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Permit applications have been submitted to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and the Minnesota Department of Health in order to minimize any potential delays in the project. The Contractor should therefore contact these agencies to determine if there are any special conditions they may have which should be included in the bid. The contractor will be required to comply with all the requirements that these agencies may have. No change orders will be considered for complying with these requirements. 12. COMPACTION The required compaction of all lot grading shall be 95% of the standard proctor density. The required compaction within roadways and driveways shall be 100% of the Standard Proctor Density from finished grade to a point three (3) feet below finished grade and 95% of the Standard Proctor Density from three (3) feet or greater below finished grade. The backfill around and to 12" above the pipe (sanitary sewer, storm sewer and watermain) shall be compacted by mechanical hand tampers. The required compaction shall be 95% of Standard Proctor Density. All trenches within roadways shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density in the upper three (3) feet of the trench. At the time of the compaction, the moisture content of the backfill soils shall be not less than 75% nor more than 115% of optimum moisture content. The Contractor shall add water or dry the soils until this requirement is met. If moisture content greater than 125% of optimum moisture content is encountered, the Engineer shall revise the compaction requirements to meet the best interests of the Owner. Moisture adjustment of the soils shall be incidental to the pipe installation unit price. All trench areas not conforming with these requirements shall be excavated and recompacted. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer at the time of the preconstruction meeting a list of equipment that will be used for backfilling and compaction operation. The Engineer reserves the right to shut down work on the project if this equipment is not utilized during such backfilling and compaction operations. A maximum 12" lift shall be used. Smaller lifts may be required to obtain the specified density. If 12" lifts are not utilized, the trench will be completely re -excavated and recompacted in order to achieve maximum compaction lifts of 12". The bedding material around all pipes shall be compacted in maximum 6" lifts. 2 13. TESTING The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with documented test results by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer on tests required for the sanitary sewer, storm sewer, watermain and street. Density tests shall be paid for on a per test basis. The anticipated number of density tests are shown on the proposal form. The following procedure shall be followed. An independent testing lab shall test the backfill for the required density as the backfilling compaction progresses. If the tests fail, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to pay for retesting those areas following compaction. All trenches for watermain, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and services shall be tested for the required compaction density in conformance with the compaction requirements. The trench shall be tested at approximately 100-foot intervals at two to three depth locations, depending on depth. One test shall be taken next to the pipe, the second shall be taken at two feet below subgrade and at the midpoint of the trench. Compaction around every manhole and gate valve shall be the same as for the trenches. Tests shall be taken at every manhole and gate valve at the three depth locations as stated above. The Engineer may change test locations and depths at his discretion. The Engineer may add or delete tests at his discretion with no change in the unit price. The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his schedule with the testing firm and all test results shall be documented with respect to plan stationing, depth and location. Copies of all test reports shall be given to the engineer no more than one week after the test was taken. Engineer shall, within 24 hours, be notified in person, by phone or by fax of any failing tests. Certification is to be made by the testing laboratory to the Owner, that all excavations and embankments of each building pad and street comply with the Project specifications. The certification shall be forwarded to the Owner prior to final payment. 14. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES The Contractor shall use utmost care during his operations and particularly during manhole adjustments to keep gravel and debris from entering sewer manholes. In the event of debris or gravel entering the sanitary sewer lines, these lines shall be jetted by Roto-Rooter or other approved company at the expense of the Contractor. Flushing of debris or gravel down the sanitary sewer or storm sewer lines will not be allowed. The contractor shall repair any existing storm sewer that should result from the construction. 15. SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY The Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction", 2000 Edition, together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached general Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. Conversion of metric measurements is to be done in accordance with ASTM E380.27 16. SHOP DRAWINGS ' The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval by the Engineer for manholes to be used on the project. A minimum of three copies of each shall be supplied to the Engineer. ' 17. STANDARD PLATES All references to standard plates MHD shall mean the "Standard Plates" of the Minnesota Department of Transportation. All other reference to standard plates shall mean those details attached to the plans AND ' THE CITY OF Albertville's standard details located in this book. ' 18. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Soil borings were taken and are included in this specification book. The use of this data by the Contractor ' shall not relieve the Contractor of his duty to examine the site per Section 6 of the Instructions to Bidders. 19. CLEAN-UP ' When the work has been completed, the Contractor shall remove from the site all extra material, equipment, debris and other supplies. The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property in substantially the same condition as it was before the project. II. UTILITIES - GENERAL 1. BEDDING a. All sanitary sewer mains and services shall be bedded according to detail GEN-7 & GEN- 8. The bedding material shall conform to the requirements of Section 2600.2A1 of the Standard Utilities Specification. ' b. The water pipe bedding shall be granular bedding. The fill material around the pipe shall be less than one inch in diameter and shall also be free of any organic material or foreign objects. This material shall be graded aggregate product which all passes a one -inch sieve and not more than 10% of which will pass a #200 sieve. Existing material on site may be used if it meets these specifications. Bedding and encasement shall be "Class B" Modified. Bedding and encasement material ' shall be placed and shaped to fit the lower 60% of the pipe breadth to three inches (Y) minimum thickness bottom and sides and over the pipe below and elevation one inch (1 ") above the top of the pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or through consolidation of backfill. The pipe bedding and encasement zone shall be described as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation one inch (1 ") over the top of the pipe. Above this zone, the ' placement of material containing stones, boulders, chunks, etc. greater than six (6") inches in any dimension shall not be allowed. A mechanical hand tamping machine must be used around all water and sanitary sewer pipe to compact the bedding and initial fill. C. All concrete storm sewer pipe bedding shall be ordinary bedding consisting of natural, on - site soils, except in cases where the Engineer directs otherwise. The fill material around the pipe shall be less than one inch in diameter and also free of any organic material or foreign objects. All HDPE pipe bedding and embedment shall be according to the above mention details. Embedment material shall be MnDOT Specification 3149.2D modified to 100% passing the 1 inch sieve. ' 2. MATERIALS a. Ductile iron pipe for water mains shall be Class 52 for pipe less than 12 inches in ' diameter, Class 50 for pipe 12 inches or larger in diameter, and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C151 (ANSI A21.51). 4 All water services shall be type K, copper. b. All sewer mains and service wyes shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 35 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. Sanitary sewer mains placed 20 feet deep or greater shall be PVC, SDR 26 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. All sewer services and fittings shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 26 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid, concealed pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it. C. All 12-inch storm sewer shall be Class 5. All 15-inch storm sewer shall be Class 4. All other storm sewer shall be Class 3. All RCP storm sewer pipe shall contain rubber gasketed joints. The last three joints on any flared end line must be tied. All HDPE storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2503, as identified in MnDOT Technical Memorandum 91070b01, dated April 2, 1991. Soil tight gasketed joints are to be provided unless noted otherwise on the Plan. Deflection testing shall be done at the option of the Engineer and is considered incidental to the Project bid. The flared end sections for the polyethylene pipe may be constructed of either polyethylene or galvanized steel materials. 3. CONNECTIONS All connections to existing lines are incidental unless specified as separate item on proposal form. Payment will be made based upon the fittings and pipe length used. 4. COMPACTION UNDER SERVICES Any soil that is subcut from below a service must be compacted back in place at 100% standard proctor density prior to laying the service. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density. If the soil is not compacted to 100% standard proctor density, then crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the service in order to ensure no movement. Use of crushed rock shall be at the Contractor's expense. III. LOW PRESSURE SANITARY SEWER MAIN (FORCE MAIN) ' 1. SCOPE This specification covers materials and construction of low pressure sanitary system and all necessary appurtenances. 3. MATERIALS Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings PVC watermain is an acceptable alternative for the low pressure sanitary sewer main. PVC forcemain shall conform to AWWA C-900, and shall be Class 150 meeting the requirements of DR-18. All PVC watermain shall have a 12 gauge single strand with plastic jacket, type TW or THW with 3M cast kits at all splices installed for tracing purposes. The tracer system shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Project Engineer. ' A. The following tests shall be performed upon completion and prior to connection to the lift station. 1. Pressure Test a. Subject the entire length of forcemain to hydrostatic pressure test of 100 psi for a period of 1 hour. ' b. Pressure must be measured at lowest pipe elevation. C. Must maintain constant pressure throughout test period. 2. Leakage Test a. The water volume required to maintain the test pressure must be measured. b. The allowable leakage shall be determined by the formula: L=(SD4P)/133200 where: L = Allowable leakage in gallons S = Length of pipe tested in feet D = Nominal pipe diameter in inches P = Test pressure in PSI B. Corrective measures must be provided for any line which exceeds the allowable leakage. Tapping Saddles Tapping saddles shall be Central High Volume Service Saddles by fusion, or Dresser style 91 Service Saddles, Smith Blair Type 372, or approved equal. Saddles with straps shall have a double flat strap and form a watertight seal on the main. Pressure Couplings Couplings shall be watertight under pressures of 200 psi. Pressure couplings shall be Philmac, Poly -Cam threaded Nipple, or approved equal. 4. EXECUTION Pipe Handling and Installation A. Storing of Pipes Pipes shall be stored at the project site in a manner recommended by the manufacturer that shall prevent from scratching, cutting, or gouging of the pipes. B. Trench, Bac<d<ll, Bedding and Embedment ' Where open cut trenching method is used to install pipes, trenching, backfill, bedding and embedment shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D2321, paragraph 133a of Division II of Special Provisions. ' Bedding and embedment materials shall be class I, class II, or class III material as defined by ASTM D2321. Compaction shall be done by the Specified Density Method. C. Connecting New 6" Low Pressure Sanitary Sewer Pipe to Existing Manhole and Lift Station The pipe connection in the existing manhole shall be watertight. The Contractor shall provide a Fernco Waterstop at the end of pipe in the manhole wall and a space between the wall and pipe shall be grouted with non -shrink grout. This will be considered as an incidental item, and no direct payments will be made therefore. D. Grade and Depth Cover Contractor shall maintain low pressure sanitary sewer main elevations as indicated on the plans, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in the field. High points in the piping other than those shown on the plans will not be accepted. If high points occur as a result of failure by the Contractor to install mains as staked and shown on the plans, additional manholes (for future air release valve) will be installed at the Contractor's expense. All low pressure forcemain shall be installed to an 7.5 foot minimum cover below surface. Three inch ' thick polystyrene insulation required at storm sewer or roadway culvert crossings and at locations where depth of cover is 5.5 feet or less. ' E. Testing The Contractor shall perform hydrostatic pressure tests and shall furnish all necessary equipment, labor, ' and materials including filling the line with water for the tests at the Contractor's expense. Any defective joint, and any defective pipe, fittings or valves revealed during the testing shall be ' satisfactorily corrected and the tests shall be repeated until the specified requirements have been met before final acceptance of the work. The section being tested shall be slowly filled with water, and the specified test pressure shall be applied ' after all air has been expelled from the pipe. A hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 psi for the low pressure sewer main shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. 1 The specified pressure shall be held for a minimum duration of tow hours. Less that 2% drop in pressure for the main will be allowed. IV. WATERMAINS 1. BLOCKING Blocking shall be done with retainer glands and tie rods, or with blocking procedures approved by the Engineer. All tees, bends greater than 22'/2 degree, hydrants, valves and fittings must be blocked. A coating shall be applied to tie rods and related pieces. The coating shall be Royston-Roskote Mastic A- 938, Koppers Bitumastic No. 50, or approved equal. If blocking is to be done against soil, the soil must be virgin soil and the area of soil used to withstand the above forces must be based on the allowable soil bearing pressure of 3000 pounds per square foot. Based upon a test pressure of 150 psi, the following table shows the minimum length of pipe to be restrained where tied joints are used. These figures are based upon an assumed soil bearing pressure of 2000 psi and a friction factor of 0.3. Dead End Pipe Diameter Tee Branch (in inches) or 90° Bend 450 Bend 220 Bend 6 11 If 5 If 2 If 8 15 if 6 If 3 If 10 18 If 7 If 3 If 12 21 If 9 if 4 If Tees shall be blocked in all 3 directions. The cost of providing thrust restraints shall be considered incidental to the cost of the pipe installation. 2. WATERMAIN TESTING The Contractor shall do the following tests according to the Standard Utilities Specifications, except as modified below. a. Pressure Test: The pressure test shall be run for two hours. (See leakage test for equipment). No drop in pressure will be allowed. b. Leakage Test: The following test equipment shall be required for testing: 7 Pressure Gauge: Shall have a 5-inch diameter face, pressure range of 0 psi to 200 psi, with maximum calibrations of 1 psi increments. This is to facilitate an accurate reading for the pressure test. Pump: Shall be a centrifugal -type pump with maximum capacity of 5 gpm. This capacity may be achieved by a valve so placed that all water in excess of 5 gpm can be by- passed. This low capacity pump is required for the leakage test. Calibrated tank: Shall be of a capacity and design so that a measured quantity of water ' can be supplied to the pipe during the leakage test. A 15-gallon container calibrated to measure water to the closest 1.0 gallons will be required. Miscellaneous Equipment: Shall be provided at the discretion and subject to the approval of the Engineer. C. Disinfection: The Contractor shall thoroughly disinfect the line for a period of 24 hours. ' Disinfection shall be done per AWWA C651-86. A copy of this standard is available upon request. Please note that a bacteriological test(s) is required per AWWA C651-86. This test(s) shall be paid for at the unit price bid. Should the test(s) fail, the watermain shall be disinfected again and an additional bacteriological test taken. This procedure shall be repeated until the test(s) passes. All additional disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be at the Contractor's expense. All other requirements of Section 1020-7.0 of the ' Standard Utilities Specification shall remain in force. e. Operational Inspection: At the completion of the project, the City's representative and ' the Contractor shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; and that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. 3. WATER SERVICE GROUP A water service group shall include the curb stop, the service corporation, and any other parts (excluding the copper pipe necessary for the installation of the water service). All materials shall conform to AWWA Standards. ' 1. Service corporation and curb stops shall have 1" full -dimension inlet and outlet. 2. Tapping saddles shall be used for service corporations on PVC pipe. ' 3. Curb stops shall have a 1" interior opening and full adjustable length of 8.0 feet. 3/" rods, 78" in length, shall be supplied for all curb stops. ' The following products shall be used unless an "or equal" is approved by the Engineer: Service corporation stop: ' a. A.Y. McDonald 4701 B b. Ford FB 600 Topping saddles: a. Smith -Blair No. 313 ' Curb stops shall be Minneapolis thread type: a. A.Y. McDonald 6104 b. Ford B22-444M ' Curb Box: a. A.Y. McDonald 5622 w/5623L lid i:3 b. Ford EM2-80-67 4. FIRE HYDRANT The fire hydrant to be installed shall be a Waterous Model Pacer WB-67-250, conforming to the requirements of the Standard utilities Specification. (a) Hydrants shall be non jacket type hydrant for a depth of cover of 8.5 feet to the top of the branch pipe. (b) Hydrants shall be compression type, opening against pressure and closing with pressure. Main valve shall be sealed with "0" ring type seal. (c) Hydrants shall open to the left. (d) The hydrant drain mechanism shall be corrosion -resistant and removable from the top of the hydrant. (e) The operating thread shall be lubricated and protected from water and moisture by the use of rubber "0" rings. (f) The upper threaded area of the operating nut shall be provided with either a lubricant reservoir or extra "0" ring(s) to maintain lubricant in this area. (g) Hydrant pipe connections shall be 6" mechanical joint for 5" nominal hydrant valve opening. (h) Hydrants shall be fitted with two 2W hose nozzles (National Standard Thread) and one 4%" steamer nozzle Waterous No. TP40524 (National Standard Thread). Nozzle caps shall be chained to the hydrant and have a No. 5 pentagon size as the operating nut, flat to point =1 Y2". (i) Hydrant bonnet and top section above ground level shall be primed and painted red. (j) Each hydrant shall have attached or stamped upon it the size of the valve opening, the cover depth, and date of manufacture. (k) Hydrants shall be designed with a replaceable break -off flange at ground level. (1) All hydrants shall be installed with an auxiliary valve allowing the hydrant to be shut down and the watermain to continue operating. (m) All hydrants and auxiliary valves shall be constructed with properly sized joint restraint devices. (n) The hydrant barrel extension above final grade shall range from 25-30 inches. (o) Every fire hydrant shall be supplied with a "Hydra Finder" five foot (6) location flag. 5. VALVES AND BOXES All valves 6" in diameter to 12" in diameter shall be gate valves. All valves over 12" in diameter shall be butterfly valves as referred to in this section. Valve boxes shall be cast iron of the three-piece type suitable for a depth of 8.0 feet to the top of'the pipe. Valves and boxes shall be considered integral units. Valve boxes shall have at least 6" adjustment above and below specified depth of pipe. a. Cast iron boxes and valve box sections shall be equal or conform to those manufactured by the Tyler Corporation, Pipe Division, 6860 Series, or Trinity Valley. 9 b. C. d. e. f. 9• h. i. j• k. I. m n. o. P. q• r. s. Gate valves shall be of the Resilient Seat 200 lb. test type and have a recommended non -shock water working pressure rating of not less than 200 psi. Resilient Seat Gate Valve stems shall be of high -strength manganese bronze, non -rising type, opening to the left. Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall be furnished with "O" ring seal plate construction. Seal plates shall be machined to contain two "O" rings. Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall have a fully encased wedge sealing surface providing drop tight closure in either direction of flow. Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall be furnished with 2" square operating nuts and all the necessary glands, bolts and conductive gaskets as required for installation of mechanical joint valves. Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall be coated internally and externally with a non -toxic epoxy coating which shall impart no taste or odor to water. Butterfly valve bodies shall be of cast iron ASTM A0126, Class B, with mechanical joint ends. Butterfly valve bearings shall be self-lubricating and non -corrosive. Butterfly valve packing shall be permanent, self-adjusting. Butterfly valve disc shall be ASTM A-436 Ni-Resist, Type 1, with polished edges or ductile iron, with Type 304 stainless steel, 3600 sealing surface. Butterfly valve seat shall be special resistant Hy -Car bonded permanently to the body or mechanically retained to the body. Seating on the disc is not acceptable. Butterfly valve operator shall be cast iron, sealed and lubricated for permanent buried or submerged service, equipped with an AWWA operating nut. Butterfly valves shall be constructed for 150 psi differential pressure and tested drip -tight in both directions of flow. Butterfly valves shall be of current production and be supplied by a manufacturer with a background of at least five years of successful applications and production in this field. Butterfly valves 4" through 24" for buried or submersible service shall be constructed with materials at least equal to, or superior to, AWWA Standard C-504-87. Mechanical joint gate valves shall have hub end gasket seating surfaces, fully machined to fixed dimensions and tolerances. Tapping sleeve valves shall comply with the provisions of resilient seat gate valves and shall be flanged inlets and mechanical joint outlets. The use of Duc Lugs and set screw retainer glands as restraining devices is not permitted. 10 6. CONNECT TO EXISTING WATERMAIN Prior to the shutoff of any water, the Contractor shall notify the City and the affected property owners of his working schedule. The Contractor shall notify these people 24 hours in advance of the start of the work. The work done during this time shall be done in an efficient manner so that as little inconvenience as possible is caused. The item "Connect to Existing Watermain" shall include but not be limited to sawcut, removal of existing pavement, restore street to original condition and all necessary labor, materials, and equipment to complete the work. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Albertville watermain extension projects. One project will extend watermain to the west property line from the east and the other will extend watermain under Mud Lake to the southern end of LaSalle Circle N.E. 7. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT - WATERMAIN The following revisions are to be made to the Standard Utilities Specifications, Section 2611.4: A. Delete Section 4E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "E. Hydrants Hydrants shall be measured on a per -unit basis. The unit includes the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices." B. Delete Section 41 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: I. Fittings Fittings of each type shall be measured on a per -unit basis and include all required accessories." C. Delete Section 4K in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "K. Granular Materials Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain shall not be measured for separate payment." 8. BASIS OF PAYMENT - WATERMAIN The following is in addition to the Standard Utilities Specifications, Section 2611.5: Hydrants shall be paid for at the unit contract price per each, including installing the hydrant, concrete base, crushed rock, tar paper or plastic cover, hydrant flag, and blocking or restraining devices. Fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each type and size, including all accessories, installation and blocking. Granular materials used for bedding, encasement, etc. for the watermain, shall be incidental to the watermain installation. 9. WATERMAIN EXTRA DEPTH All watermain extra depth should be denoted on the plans and shall be incidental in cost. 10. WATERMAIN WRAPPING All watermain fittings, valve boxes, and hydrants shall be wrapped in polyethylene encasement material. Tracer wire for the purpose of locating the main will be required. 11 V. UTILITIES - SEWER 1. SANITARY SEWER TESTING The PVC pipe shall be tested for a maximum pipe wall deflection of 5% of the normal pipe size. This testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer at the completion of all backfilling operations. If any portion of the line is not within the maximum pipe wall deflection of 5%, this portion shall be re -excavated, properly bedded and tamped, and the trench recompacted and tested for density at no additional expense to the Owner. The line shall then be tested again for pipe wall deflection. Deflection testing shall not be done prior to the pipe being in place for 30 days. 2 SEWER SERVICE GROUP AND PIPE A sewer service connection shall include the wye and bends, as required to serve each connection, regardless of service type. Payment shall be by the individual service connection made and shall include all materials, labor and equipment necessary for its installation. The sewer service connection does not include the service pipe, which shall be paid under a separate bid item. All sanitary sewer service pipe shall be installed per standard detail SER-1. All service pipe grades shall be laid at'/" per foot (2%) unless noted on plans. 3. MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN PROTECTION Once the manhole and catch basin barrel sections have been set, the opening shall be covered with a protection plate (1/2" steel or 1" wood). These plates will remain in place during subgrade preparation and Class 5 placement. They shall not be removed until the adjustment rings are ready to be placed permanently with mortar. If drainage access is necessary, a silt fence barrier must be constructed and in place as per detail prior to permanently removing the plat. 4. CATCH BASIN AND MANHOLE OPENINGS Any opening required for placement of pipe into a structure which does not have a pre -manufactured opening or knockout must be bored. Use of hammers or items to crack the structure due to impact will not be permitted. 5. BOX CULVERT AND RETAINING WALL Any soil that is subcut from below pipe and retaining wall must be compacted back in place at 100% standard proctor density. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density. If the soil is not compacted to 100% standard proctor density, then crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the box culvert in order to ensure no movement. The retaining wall and decorative fence will be under a different contract. VI. STREETS AND GRADING 1. STREET CONSTRUCTION This project consists of the street construction in two (2) construction seasons. After paving the bituminous base course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the base course. No diamonds shall be provided around the gate valves and manholes. Prior to paving the bituminous wear course, all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wear course. Bituminous patching around the gate valves and manholes shall be completed a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the bituminous wear course construction. All bituminous patching shall be performed with a smooth drum roller. Bid items have been provided for adjustment of the manholes and gate valves prior to paving the wear course. These bid items shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for removing the bituminous base course from around the structures, raising the manhole or gate valve, re -compacting the 12 disturbed gravel and soil, patching the bituminous base course, and disposal of all excess debris. All manhole adjustments shall be achieved by the use of precast concrete rings 2" or more in thickness. A motar bed shall be placed between all rings between the manhole casting and ring and manhole barrel top and ring. Payment for adjustment of manholes and gate valves shall be made at a rate of 50% of the bid price when the adjustment is made for the base course and 50% when final adjustment is made. 2. TEST ROLLING The Contractor shall be required to test roll the subgrade and the aggregate base in accordance to Article 2.04 of the Street Construction Specifications. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate base shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the curbing and pavement, respectively. 3. DRAIN TILE The Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene (CPE) shall conform to MnDOT Specification 3278 and shall be fabricated with one perforation on the top of the pipe. The geotextile for wrapping the CPE shall be Type I, conforming to MnDOT Specification 3733. The draintile shall be bedded in fine filter aggregate material conforming to MnDOT Specification 3149.2J. The Contractor shall provide one (1) gradation by an independent testing firm on the fine filter aggregate. material prior to installation. 4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A bid items for geotextile fabric has been included for this Project. Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3733 for Type V Geotextile Fabric. 5. SELECT GRANULAR BORROW A bid item for select granular borrow has been included for this Project. This bid item shall only be used if the Engineer determines that the soil conditions warrant its use. 6. SEED, MULCH, DISK ANCHOR Seeding, mulching and disk anchor erosion control quantity may be adjusted in utility construction areas. The area to be seeded will be designated by the Engineer at the time of installation. ' 7. EXCESS MATERIAL Excess suitable material for fill and top soil shall be stored on site at a location designated by the Engineer. The Contractor will deliver and stockpile the material to the location at no additional cost to the Owner. The stockpile shall have slopes no great than 2:1 upon completion. All unsuitable material and construction debris, etc. shall be disposed of off site. 8. CITY REQUIREMENTS Per the City of Albertville, the following criteria shall be used for the scheduling of wear course bituminous, preparation of surface, and winter protection. 1. If no curb or sidewalk replacement or leveling of service trenches is required or no settlement occurs after the first freeze thaw, than the final wear course may be placed after August 1 of the following year. 2. If settlements have occurred, than the wear course must be delayed until after August 1 of the following freeze thaw cycle. All settlements greater than 3" in depth must be cut out, raised with gravel, and then patched. Settlements less than 3" in depth may be leveled. Placement of separate leveling course with a machine paver may be required to reestablish the proper crown and profile of the roads. 1 13 3. If settlement has occurred on streets with the wear course in place after the second freeze thaw cycle, corrective action will be made through the warranty process if necessary. 4. All manholes and gate valves must be adjusted to below the existing pavement grade for over winter to prevent damage to city equipment. 5. Requests for final acceptance shall be sent to the attention of the City Engineer for review and approval. 6. Specified warranties for streets and utilities will commence upon acceptance of improvements. These Criteria shall be in addition to or supplemental to the standard specifications and special provisions. 9. PEDESTRIAN RAMPS The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of pedestrian ramps at locations noted in the plans and detailed on Standard Plate STR-16. Payment for pedestrian ramps shall be based on area receiving exposed aggregate surface. Payment for pedestrian ramps shall be construed to be compensation in full for all costs of work necessary to provide pedestrian ramps complete in place. 10. BARRICADES — TYPE III The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor for furnishing and installing permanent Barricades Type III as noted on the plans or in these specifications and shall be done in accordance with Section 2554 of MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction, 2000 Edition, except as modified below. One barricade shall be placed at the end of all completed road construction in the Project. Payment for Barricades Type III shall be construed to be compensation in full for all costs of work necessary to furnish and install the barricades complete in place per MnDOT Standard Plate 8002E. Barricades shall be paid for by an each acceptable barricade basis. 11. SIDEWALK A bid item has been included for F-thick sidewalk construction. The unit bid price shall be for all labor, equipment, materials, granular base, and restoration required to construct the sidewalk. 12. MACIVER AVE NE Some existing curb and bituminous on Maclver may have to be removed to fit the new 35' radius. All cleanup and restoration to tie into Maclver shall be incidental to cost. 13. PARK PARKING AREA All quantities for the park parking area are included in the BID D — STREETS bid items. VII. EROSION CONTROL 1. PROTECTION OF DOWNSTREAM AMENITIES Contractor shall inspect all erosion control facilities on a weekly basis and after rainfalls of 1" or more. Repairs, as needed, shall be made within 24 hours. Repairs shall include but not be limited to: Reconstruction of silt fences and bale checks, replacement of blankets, reseeding, removal of silt and/or water from temporary ponds and permanents ponds and repair of pond slopes and overflows. Need for repair shall be based on facility's ability to function as it was intended. Slopes steeper than 5:1 shall be 14 ' furrowed periodically, perpendicular to the sloe to deter the creation of wash outs along the slope. The P Y� P P P� g P Contractor shall be responsible for all erosion and repair until final acceptance of the Project by the Owner. Contractor shall be responsible for removal of silt and sediment, due to runoff from all areas of the Project. Contractor shall maintain a sufficient supply of erosion control materials (silt fence, wood fiber blanket, hay bales, seeding and rock) on site to expedite repair of damaged erosion control items ' and protection of newly constructed steep slopes and other erosion sensitive areas. Contractor shall protect all previously constructed erosion control items and immediately repair said items. No previously placed erosion control items shall be allowed without alternate facilities having been constructed. 2. EROSION CONTROL BALE CHECKS Bale checks shall be installed for erosion control purposes as needed and where designated by the Engineer. Bio-roll may be used in lieu of hay bales and is the preferred alternative. 3. SILT FENCE 1 The Contractor shall install erosion control silt fence as shown on the plans prior to any construction with the area unless noted on the plans. Silt fence installation shall conform to the Best Management Practices for Minnesota, Section 6.3. Erosion control fence shall be maintained by the Contractor throughout all construction phases. Silt fence shall be inspected immediately after a rainfall event that creates runoff and daily during prolonged rainfall. Any damage to the fencing shall be repaired immediately. 4. WOOD FIBER BLANKET Installation of wood fiber blanket shall include all grade preparation and seeding of the area prior to installation of the blanket. 5. CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION Inlet protection shall be incidental unless the design engineer specifies an alternative to the standard detail. 15 MAR.30.2005 4:36PM BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX NO.0153 P. 18/26 art — 0RAWN or, APPV an Mc 3-23—i o 2oe up• AL0600769A SOIL BORING LOCATION SKETCH KUNTOS PASS ALOWYK X HNNE507A �I sRXUN INTERTEC MAR.30.2005 4:37PM BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0.0153 P. 19/26 BRAUN LOG OF BORING I NTP PTPr Braun Project AL-05-00769A BORING: ST-1 GEOTECEMCAL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass 70th Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchd METHOD: 3 l/4" HSA Autohammcr DATE: 3/11/09 SCALE: Elev. feet Depth feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL qp p200 Tests or Notes 956.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) tsf % 955.6 0.8 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, dark brown, frozen. Benchmark: The o soil soil borings were CL LEAN LAY wi SAND, brown, frozen to wet, rather staked and the soft to stiff. (Glacial Till) 5 3/4 elevations measured by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc. 16. vi C '� 11 42 `o . 11 945.4 11.0 SM .:. SILTY SAND, fine- to medium -grained, with a little w° Gravel, brown, moist, medium dense to dense. (Glacial Outwash) 31 s 41 48 MC =14% 'C u UP A 24 35.9 20.5 END OF BORING. ,. Water not observed with 19 feet of hollow -stem auger in h the ground. a ES Water not observed to cave-in depth of 11 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring immediately backfilled. 16 c? u m m AL-05.00769A Braun ►nterlec Cotporatlon 5T-1 page t of 1 MAR, 30.2005 4:37PM B RAU N"' I NTE RTEC BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0, 0153 P. 20/26 LOG OF BORING Braun Project AL-05-00769A B0MNQ ST-2 CEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass 70th Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchti METHOD: 3 1/4" HSA Autohammer DATE: 3/11/05 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL qp Tests or Notes 954.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) tsf CL CLAY, dark brown, frozen. rALEAN (Topsoil) ( 52.8 1.6 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, light brown, frozen to wet, medium to stiff. 6 ' (Glacial Till) 8 1 1/4 3 i 16 e i i a 12 i 4 9 1 3/4 3 11 u a 7 Q u n 10 933.9 20.5 END OF BORING, y Water not observed with 19 feet of hollow -stem auger in the ground. Water not observed weave -in depth of 13 feat c immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring immediately baekfilled. a O U 6 m m AL-W-MOVA mean AnEu me {..Urputaunn v • p-qv ...• . MAR.30.2005 4:37PM B RAU N"' INTERTEC BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0.0153 P. 21/26 LOG OF BORING Braun Project A. A5-00769A BORING: ST-3 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass 70th Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchd METHOD: 3 1/4" HSA Autohsmmer DATE: Y11/05 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BFF WL qp Tests or Notes 956.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) tsf CL LEAN CLAY, black, frozen. 955.4 1.0 (Topsoil) CL LEAN CLAY with SAND, brown, frozen to wet, medium to rather stiff. (Glacial Till) 6 1 MC = 22% DD = 99 lb/ft3 I 1 1/2 i i i 12 i i 3 1 10 i i i 9 a 3 u li r a a 3 B 8 935.9 20.5 END OF BORING. Water not observed with 19 feet of hollow -stem auger in e the ground. Water not observed to cave-in depth of 12 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. u Boring immediately backfilled. a hg S m At-W-UU/OYA acaun Lnim u%'wpumauu I-,-•- MAR.30.2005 4:37PM BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0.0153 P. 22/26 BRAIN'" LOG OF BORING INTERTEC I i I I I I i I I Braun Project A1,-05700769A BORING: ST-4 GEOTECHNICAIL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass 70th Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchd METHOD: 3 1/4" HSA Autohammer DATE: 3/11/05 SCALE_ 1" a 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Desoription of Materials BPF WL qp Tests or Notes 960.4 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) tsf CL LEAN CLAY, dark brown, frozen. 959.4 1.0 o soil CL LEAN CLAY with SAND, with Poorly Graded Sand seams, brown, frozen to wet. (Glacial Till) 6 1 MG 24% 6 1 I 9 1 1/2 i i i 12 I Gray at 12 feet. 8 1 1/4 I i .5 1 1/4 i 1 10 939.9 20.5 END OF BORING, Water not observed with 19 feet of hollow -stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to cave-in depth of 121/2 feet i immediately after withdrawing the auger. i S Boring immediately backftlled. i , 7 C 1 3 3 +ya G AL-W-UVIUYA uraun mtemc uorporatlon 51-4 page 1 of 1 MAR.30.2005 4:37PM B RAU NaM (NTERTEC BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0.0153 P. 23/26 LOG OF BORING Braun Project AL-05-00769A BORING: ST-5 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass loth Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchd METHOD: 3 1/4" HSA Autohammer DATE: 3/10/05 SCALE: 1" = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials 13PF WL qp Tests or Notes 955.9 0.0 Symbol (AST M D2488 or D24" tsf CL LEAN CLAY, black, frozen. 954.8 1.1 r (Topsoil) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, with a trace of Gravel, with lenses of Poorly Graded Sand, brown, frozen to wet, medium to 12 13/4 very stiff. (Glacial Till) 11 i I 11 8 MC = 20% DD =103 Ib/R3 12 i i i - An open triangle in the water level (WL) column indicates the depth at which groundwater was observed while drilling. A solid triangle indicates 29 the stable groundwater 35.4 20.5 With Poorly Graded Sand seams at 20 feet. level in the boring on the date indicated. LEND OF BORING. Groundwater levels Water observed at 16 feet with 19 feet of hollow -stem fluctuate. auger in the ground. " Water not observed to cave-in depth of 6 feet immediately a after withdrawing the auger. Boring immediately backfilled. 0 d 6 3 3 z /UrV;)-uV /OYA uraun mrersoo wrporanon 0!-J Page 1 01 1 MAR.30.2005 4:37PM BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0.0153 P. 24/26 BRAIN"" LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project AL-O540769A BORING: ST-6 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass 70th Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchd METHOD: 3 11411 HSA Aumhammer DATE: 3/10/05 SCALE: V = 4- Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL qp Tests or Notes 968.6 0.0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) tsf 969.3 0.3 CL LEAN CLAY, dark brown, frozen. (Topsoil) CL LEAN CLAY with SAND, light brown, frozen to wet, medium. (Glacial TIII) 7 1 1 /2 964.6 4.0 CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, with a trace of Gravel, brown, wet, medium to rather stiff, 8 MC =19% i (Glacial Till) I 0 I I 7 1 1/2 I I I 7 3, 10 3 9 i 3 I a 3 125 948.1 20. END OF BORING. Water not observed with 19 feet of hollow -stem auger in the ground. 3 Water not observed to cave-in depth of 7 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. Boring immediately backfilled. 0 7 3 S 3 r� a 'G n AL-U3-UU 0VJ% tlraW IMe= C:mpor 110n s 1-o page 1 01 1 MAR, 30. 2005 4:38PM BRAUN"' I NTE RTEC BRAUN INTETEC CENTRAL FAX N0, 0153 P. 25/26 LOG OF BORING Braun Project AL-OK00769A BORING: ST-7 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION LOCATION: See attached sketch. Hunters Pass 70th Street Albertville, Minnesota DRILLER: D. Ruchtl METHOD: 3 I/4" HSA Autobatntner DATE: 3/10/05 SCALE: 1-.' = 4' Elev. Depth feet feet ASTM Description of Materials BPF WL qp p200 Tests or Notes 960.1 0,0 Symbol (ASTM D2488 or D2487) tsf % CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, dark brown, frozen. 959.1 1.0 (Topsoil) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, frozen to wet, soft. (Glacial Till) 4 l/2 4 1/2 MC =19% i - - 3 1/4 3 I/4 949.11 11.0 I SM SILTY SAND, fine- to medium -grained, brown, moist, t medium dense. (Glacial Outwash) 11 26 MC = 19% t 946.6 13.5 CL LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, rather stiff to very stiff, (Glacial Till) 's 11 i r a 21 39.6 20.5 END OF BORING. . Water not observed with 19 feet of hollow -stem auger in the ground. Water not observed to cave-in depth of 7 1/2 feet immediately after withdrawing the auger. 7 Boring immediately backfilled. n i 3 S J 04 IMM intettec Mporaaon 0t•i page I of - !*"" i i 1 - x u_ .' .T i f %TrR' #b'- F , §S �_' s °,only is t{' +gym +! k G so g $ p $ Ik F Oil,d� e 11 r F } 3 F ry °W 50 E S, Y. �:�4 ..�r�''A #i�'�=�� t 3'e^ �' �'? � Y �' �i'� �x��iT ¢� - �"'% y?�`ti "♦J^: t �0 rz� y t py i LAW, pit fit ry MCA "Pat g i 3 Y f R y.:1 .; w"MLiFsw,y,'�','96 { '''S"i } (hs 1 j f 04 3 TIM VIM 1pf I- 4PIT N Sil��. ' IM b�� IC fg� � ff ;yt i2! .•�i� ^.L i'� 1 l5. kzt k , if raw arm_NCOits lifY Volvo! " ,S4 5I PIT i i 1 - x u_ .' .T i f %TrR' #b'- F , §S �_' s °,only is t{' +gym +! k G so g $ p $ Ik F Oil,d� e 11 r F } 3 F ry °W 50 E S, Y. �:�4 ..�r�''A #i�'�=�� t 3'e^ �' �'? � Y �' �i'� �x��iT ¢� - �"'% y?�`ti "♦J^: t �0 rz� y t py i LAW, pit fit ry MCA "Pat g i 3 Y f R y.:1 .; w"MLiFsw,y,'�','96 { '''S"i } (hs 1 j f 04 3 TIM VIM 1pf I- 4PIT N Sil��. ' IM b�� IC fg� � ff ;yt i2! .•�i� ^.L i'� 1 l5. kzt k , if raw arm_NCOits lifY Volvo! " ,S4 5I PIT ¢r t 1 t I 4� A I � a � I t # a - qno, i its }} 'q ilta'£� n i tit Y 1 4 yU: �44:1 MIN, A k�+ � t ! I t END a I a a WIN f -x t r ! 1 p t k t4 � � I k r §i I � ��4� y�y �. OPe� x.,. is€1:� 1�tA'4�Gf� `_ ,.,yv:' v. .� �.k.: e t 1 iq,37a W1191111m, ,., ,7y� r lyy �k $ l: 4 d i .+RK, n v Gam`? f �{ Ron CA - oil M P al tm�,= r I s{ f Pit Ivy TA Om #NASA �5a 31^F 1l *, POSTI to?+I fun 1A,k I t*Flu oil 3 a WWI lwn A ITS; + '"}'ea` # ' P' �Y' F �3.rz 2x>r� , :xea q tamUb oil5 f AL fty_w Jul 41 "i t ' a _ if t: P.Z ' I ! i k=�%a� '. ' 3 A .a 1 Now IT i PIC son i k ,list :l Y # .•1 3 { t a STO lIff 1. y t:; ' x 1 1. 33 I_jty g I'm N 44 lip: , f lj" ,J�" WHY, 1 ° j i '�gg1 1 } a u1 fir,. �I t s ¢ 9 S I'd fir -rye{ "rA Y d ,. , _.«. _ �41 £ � 1 its =i a ,7 1 All Doi �cV s � k ? ri lot-, g if ., . 1, t I 1 fx. A�� Ail `" Y � k 4 ! j t ; T � A'' - . p i t�`" �� " �79.,, 1,£i �� i, der% ., 1 � _ i t I �I .I V j i � �', ;� ,I� I }' i �; ,,I {i' k �, I ', I- � } s �� i i i � '. .. �� _ I - 1. A � i i �.., I ' k i '. ,.� `f 1... {I +� it ', I �' .Y, t S - I vt i s ' AIR t } v i a tr a } t IMM �g afrn,.d' r ss � � 2 RV TY f w' Ii " rrONp �.,�`Svc } J r: �a" I i i 4 i.#�,rr a ,c t xx e a IR Rolq` � � v lot,i s P f 04 q s min CR is R W NUT Kim - wa r 5 u v IN! So an in 10 i at k SIR far v - — b s �' ,a ,ry t 10 a its cow AA'J -�4-'� s'� �� a d' I F3 :5"> 00 fy Mal TOM I I S A oil r A xig!M4( K i 'C Xyl 31w � I 'I OMAN C. € . A '.§ i I i'Yr 'i - ... z I w *Y { tY '' 4 I . "moo t r � i f t } H Y slimy1` 3 RV � �l 7- �1 • a` 1 cans �rwyw f k k { I I a:.4'. 1 a TAINT i i *C ter �- r 1All OWN 1 �s f > f 4 I Yw" W.5'�r;`�.t' �3�$ � � �� F...}'� �: +i �] 7 C�''. ,gq`3 �!?E �iA� � .?�5- F Y r3� �,y4 '� �• Off T all It j,k{-':, flS 'M1: "F 1'�R --41nW" .3'1.' [R.k 4yal �4°�ly6# i 1c:.ts"+• f 1 b C NN [poll AW? 66 r• sa'�44 s r � "k" "tn a4 � � t `l {5{�'z 1441 'r f" r A :�h `Y.".,• ;f +7.a?� in 4 ErWkt go fi.�f, %, .�;no } �tl ud" i i 1 �. j I� 1 `� i � a i �; I �; �, ,'' a � �'� i � ;. �, y �' i k ,;, ,, - t :j I � i �, j i i 1'' �' j �' __. �� Y t i j k — � '- � �f } �.:..�, �� :� { r is i �, �. �. 1 f I I i �„ JJ l . - ,. � ...n.�.��,, � �. N, ;�, E YT � i - # ; •p I S` r .r Qjl tr-��i � t';r1 �� ` r a Yr k On k n E low Man a Wo Pit a ' ar a iK AWT tH II IIIII } p # t s' ' log Tw R; pop AW IVONh } s E "£ �z.ow > r a y tt % Jk 7. "� s{{i Lyr ,a 4 t} hk. 1 t E � ,. ' rm s s t till{k s N"AA}F a"EE �� . }^� , 1 1 A All WAS low +4 Atli r� 4 �> M C it kz t y� pFDAs r wj TIC ial ¢ 5 �ii r MR; .A' 'S �Z s i' +`k 4 i ply r { oil ai"1542' WE +17��. On. TAIR TV f k'=vi 5 :Si! �F'-'• 4`'r. t[i" is q.. `k3 q% `�'. ik >: `� T I t tio,` � }r I t'#e'� � is .a"�a° t it 0 I y t5�y {g tt Ills �� RAN < a `• I fn:� { t Fb. ` s x y $ { t 1 r { 777 ' 7 - a�'a��;z .}x ;'i= 'S '�>,..:•rr i> %= I �PQR NOW � i I , rj if 0. STREET CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents 1.0 Scope 2.0 Grading 3.0 Clearing of Street Right of Way 4.0 Aggregate Base 5.0- --Bituminous Base Course 6.0 Bituminous Wear Course 7.0 Haul Slips 8.0 Construction Observation & Testing 9.0 Cleanup Revised 4/25/01 STREET CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 LOCATION OF WORK The location of this work is as shown on the Plans. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor to do the work required under this contract in strict conformance with the Plans and Specifications prepared for the purpose by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the excavation of the entire roadway between right�of--way lines to the prescribed subgrade and cross section; supplying, spreading and compacting the subbase; supplying, spreading and compacting the base; bituminous surfacing of the streets wit the specified tack coat, bituminous bases and bituminous wear of specified thickness and all necessary backfilling, surface restoration and cleanup, as specified. 1.03 SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY The Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Specifications for Highway Construction, 2000 Edition, together with all supplements thereto, shall govern except as superseded by the attached General Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and attached specifications. 2.00 GRADING 2.01 GENERAL The work covered in this Specification shall consist of the cutting and/or filling of the full street width to provide the required cross-section shown on the drawings. The work covered by this section will be done in accordance with Section 2105 and 2112 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 2000 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 2.02 SUBGRADE The subgrade shall be brought to the prescribed cross-section and grade by the necessary excavation and fill by using acceptable materials and thoroughly compacting all necessary fill material. The subgrade shall then be prepared in accordance with Section 2.05. In the event of wet subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures detailed under Section 2.05 Subgrade Preparation. In the event of structurally poor or unsuitable subgrade material, the Contractor shall follow the procedures detailed under Section 2.06 - Subgrade Excavation. Proper drainage shall be provided at all times so that the subgrade will be kept free of standing water. Any soft spots developing from poor drainage and standing water shall be completely excavated, backfilled, and compacted with an acceptable dry material at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.03 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT (2105) All operations shall be done in accordance with MnDOT Specification No. 2105. All compaction will be done by ' 1 , the "Specified Density Method". Density tests shall be taken to evaluate the compaction achieved The quantity of tests shall be determined by the Engineer in the field. Where density tests are taken to evaluate the compaction, the fill shall meet the requirements of a minimum of 100% of Standard Proctor Density (AASHTO T-99) in the upper three feet of the embankment and a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor Density below the upper three feet. At the time of compaction, the moisture content of the backfill material shall be not less than 75%, nor more than 125%, of "optimum", the Engineer may, at his discretion, revise the compaction requirements. The Engineer reserves the right to reject materials which are over "optimum" moisture content. Subgrade excavation is further defined under Section 2.06 of these specifications. Granular borrow and select granular borrow shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification No. 3149; maximum particle size to be six inches in diameter. 2.04 TEST ROLLING (2111 MODIFIED After the above work relative to compaction is completed, the subgrade shall be test -rolled in accordance with MnDOT Specification No. 2111, except as follows: A. Test rolling shall be performed prior to, intermittently during, and after completion of subgrade preparation (2112) or subgrade excavation work (2105) when ordered by the Engineer. The limits of yielding or rutting portion of this Specification 2111.3 shall apply only to the test roll for final acceptance of the subgrade preparation; earlier test rolling shall be for the purpose of identifying those areas needing subgrade excavation, etc. Later test rolling on the aggregate base course shall be to determine if required stability and density exists. The "required stability" shall be such that when test rolled, the surface shows yielding or rutting of no more than 11k" measured from the top of the constructed grade to the bottom of ' the rut. The "required density" shall be 1000/6 Standard Proctor. In embankment/fill areas, the subgrademay be test rolled at an elevation lower than finished subgrade ' elevation if the condition of the soils being placed indicate that normal subgrade preparation (2112) cannot . be performed and that subgrade excavation (2105) may be necessary; this procedure is to eliminate having to remove materials just previously placed. Test rolling shall also be used in conjunction with the placing of aggregate or bituminous base courses when ordered by the Engineer. The subgrade shall pass the test rolling prior to placement of the aggregate base and the aggregate base shall pass the test rolling prior to Placement of the curbing or bituminous base. ' B. The Contractor will furnish a wheel loader (with operator) or other equipment approved by the Engineer for test rolling. The wheel loader shall have an approximate bucket size of three cubic yards and shall be fully loaded. Test rolling will be required over the entire length and width of the proposed ' roadway and one foot outside the back of curb. Test rolling shall be performed as many times as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of the wheel loader and operator and any other costs incurred during test rolling shall be incidental to construction of the subgrade or base and no direct compensation will be ' made therefore. Test rolling, including re -testing of repaired, failed sections, shall also be considered as incidental. ' 2.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION (2112) The subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2112, except as follows: The Contractor shall have the option, at his discretion, to, choose one of the methods described below for 2 subgrade preparation. Other methods proposed by the Contractor must be approved by the Engineer. The method of payment shall be by the square yard (sy) prepared. No compensation will be paid for subgrade replacement soils, regardless of source or method used. A. FARMING The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by means of scarifying, aerating or watering, in order to obtain the required stability and density to pass a roll test as described in Section 2.04. Work areas for scarification, aeration, and watering are not limited to the street section alignment. Boulevards or vacant lots may be used for spreading and working the soil. Any area outside of the right-of-way must be approved by the Engineer prior to disturbing the area. If wet soils are encountered, the Contractor shall continue to dry, aerate,. or "farm the subgrade until the required stabilityand density have been achieved: If . thisi method is unsuccessful or the Contractor so chooses, the method for subgrade soil replacement shall be required. No compensation will be paid for work, material, time or any other expenses occurred or lost while trying to prepare the subgrade by this method, other than payment for the final accepted subgrade. B. SUBGRADE SOIL REPLACEMENT The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by excavation and replacement with suitable soils. All excavation shall be by the load and haul method in an attempt not to disturb the already questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub -cut. All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be approved by Engineer. ' All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade soil replacement shall be compacted in accordance with MHD 2105 as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. All replacement materials in the top 12 inches of the subgrade shall then be compacted in accordance with the provisions of subgrade preparation (MIS , 2112). Excavation for subgrade soil. replacement shall. be made to the depths . and: location so chosen by the Contractor. Areas of subgrade soil replacement. may be at random locationsthroughout the roadbed or may be a "core -type excavation", wherein the. roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. Excavated materials shall be classified as Excess Material and disposed of according to Section 02200, part 3.02. ' Unstable areas of subgrade due to inclement weather shall be prepared by the contractor at no: compensation. Subgrade previously determined satisfactory and now failing due to inclement weather also shall be repaired at no 1 additional compensation. Tests shall be taken at the rate of one test for every 100 feet of subgrade prepared Testing shall be by an ' independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. Under no circumstances shall subbase material be hauled until the subgrade has been approved by the Engineer with respect to grade and density. 2.06 SUBGRADE EXCAVATION (2105) Subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the top 12" of the subgrade surface of the road and between the shoulder slopes, which are not made for the purpose of obtaining topsoil, and the materials of which are not classified for payment such as rock excavation. This work shall include the removal and disposal of unsuitable materials in the roadbed and replacing such materials with common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, together with any other work necessary to provide drainage for the excavations. , Subgrade excavation shall be made to the depths and location indicated by the Engineer. Areas of subgrade excavation may be required at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be required as a "core -type excavation", wherein the roadbed is excavated for its entire length and width. No subgrade excavation shall be done 3 1 prior to attempting subgrade preparation, subgrade soil removal (top 12"), and test rolling. All excavation shall be by the load and haul method, in an attempt not to disturb the already questionable stability of the virgin soils below the sub -cut. Common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, when used in replacing materials removed through subgrade excavation, shall be as follows: A. Common Excavation Material L2105.2Ai. Common excavation material to be used in subgrade.excavation must be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. When this material is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the: unsuitable, materials.with common excavation, at the common excavation ' unit price, provided the common. excavation: materiah is. furnished from an initial excavation area. If the common excavation material, has- beenmoved once initially and stockpiled,then the material will be paid as. common.borrow material, as: described below.. The excavation and replacement.areboth paid through:the unit bid price of the material used for replacement: B. Common Borrow Material (2105B� When suitable or ample common excavation material cannot be found within the excavation limits, the common borrow material approved. by the Engineer will be used in subgrade excavation. Borrow material will be obtained within the right-of-way if available; it not, it may be obtained off the right-of-way at a location located and negotiated by the Contractor and Engineer. Regardless of the location of the borrow source, only one bid item will apply for furnishing of the borrow. When common borrow is used, the Contractor shall be paid for both excavation of the unsuitable.materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common borrow, at the common excavation unit price. The excavation and replacement are ' both paid.through the unit bid price of the material used for replacement. ' C. Granular Borrow Material (31491 When common excavation or com mon. borrow material cannot.be obtained by the contractor. on or off the right-of-way, the Engineer maydirect the, Contractor to use. granular.. borrow material for subgrade ' excavation. When granular borrow is used,. the contractor shall be paid for both replacement of the unsuitable . materials and excavation of the. unsuitable materials with, granular: borrow at the granular borrow unit - price. The excavationand replacement. are .both .paid: through the unit bid .price of the material: used for replacement. 1 All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade excavation shall be compacted in accordance with 2105, as previously mentioned in Section 2.03. Payment for subgrade excavation shall be by the original in -place cubic yard (c.y.) and shall be compensation for excavation, disposal of the material, and placement of suitable soils at material unit cost. ' INCLEMENT WEATHER: No subgrade excavation shall be used to correct conditions caused by inclement weather. In cases where inclement weather is. continuous and for long periods of time, and does not allow for expeditious completion of subgrade preparation by use of 2112, 2105, and/or Section 2.05, the Engineer may require ' the Contractor to prepare the roadways as follows: A. Make a core excavation of the subgrade to a depth as directed by the Engineer. B. Replace the excavated material below subgrade with the same materials to be used for base material (Class 5 etc.) and then immediately continue to place the loose material in the area above the subgrade elevation. The subgrade excavation and the base course both shall be constructed with base material in a fashion which will contribute to "bridging". In this case, after the subgrade excavation has been made and 1 4 the conditions do not allow for compaction, then the bottom of the subgrade excavation shall be subcut to a uniform bottom and the base material shall be placed in a fashion to prevent pumping of intrusion of the subgrade into the base material. Generally, the first 12 inches of the material shall be deposited on the subgrade before any rolling or compaction begins. All compaction done in this situation shall be by use of static equipment. C. When this procedure for subgrade excavation is used, the Contractor shall be paid for excavating the unsuitable materials below subgrade elevation and shall be paid for all base materials used above and below subgrade elevation, all at contract unit price; the compaction of this base material shall be considered incidental.. Also, when this method is used,. the Contractor shall not be paid: for ,subgrade preparation: (2112): Base.material.used. .for<backfill, as described r- above fo;"bridging",will be paid for at the -same unit price paid.under. , the applicable base price and unit. Any over -excavated areas shall be returned to the proper grade and cross-section by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.07 EXCESS MATERIAL Excess material not used on the project is the property of the Owner and shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer. Disposal of the excessmaterial shall be incidental to the excavation unit price and project. 3.00 CLEARING OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY 3.01 GENERAL This work shall consist of removing and disposing of. trees, shrubs, roots, windfalls, stumps and abandon& structures such as.; sidewalk; curb,,and .gutter,, culverts; manholes-, and. catch basins:. The: work- shall include. the - salvaging of designated materials;and the>backfilling of: the ,resulting trenches, holes.and depressions. 3.02. REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES: The contractor shall remove and dispose of all abandoned structures and obstructions designated by the engineer. Culverts, manholes and catch basins shall be salvaged and the Contractor shall deliver all salvaged structures to the Owner. Sidewalks, curb and gutter and driveway pavement shall be removed at a joint or shall be sawed to one- third the thickness of the concrete. The exposed edge of removal shall be straight with no chips or cracks. 4.00 AGGREGATE BASE 4.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the subgrade is to proper grade and -cross-section for acceptance before proceeding with the base. This work shall consist of construction of one or more courses of aggregate base on a prepared sub -base. Work shall be done in accordance with section 2211 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 4.02 MATERIALS 67 Gravel material shall be of the class designated on the typical section of the Plans. Gravel material shall meet the requirements of Section 3138 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter. 4.03 TESTING Samples of the aggregate base material shall be taken at the project site at the rate of one test for every 1000 feet of base (minimum). A minimum of two tests shall be required on the project. An independent lab shall perform the tests and confirm the gradation. All test reports shall indicate the location where the samples were taken. The gravel shall meet Class 5 gradation requirements prior to the placement of curbing or bituminous application. 4.04 COMPACTION Compaction shall be by the "Specified Density Method." Tests shall be taken at the rate of one (1) test for every 100 feet of aggregate placed. Testing shall be by an independent test lab and shall be paid for on a per -test basis. Re- testing shall not be paid for. The base material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. 4.05' QUALITY CONTROL The gravel base shall be approved 24 hours before the bituminous base application. The base shall be within 'h"± at the crown and quarter crown. ' 4.06 PAYMENT Payment for the aggregate base shall be on the basis of cubic yards of material furnished and compacted in place and shall be compensation in full for all costs incidental to its construction. 1 5.00 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE 1 5.01 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all material, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a paver -laid bituminous base as noted on the Plans, and shall be done in accordance with Section 1 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 2000 Edition, except as modified below. 5.02 AGGREGATE The aggregate material shall meet the requirement of aggregate size B, Table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 31 and type 32, Base Course Mixtures, Section 2331. 5.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL The bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, classified by the Performance Grading (PG) System and shall meet 1 or exceed the requirements for PG 52-34. The oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content 1 shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous base. 1 5.04 CONSTRUCTION All concrete curb and gutter must be backfilled before any blacktop is applied to the street. Prior to placement of 1 the base course, any existing bituminous surface abutting it shall have a straight saw -cut joint made, it shall be 1 6 cleaned, and it shall be liberally tacked with a bituminous material. After paving the base, all gate valves and manholes on this project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the finished base course for the winter. AD disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the bituminous base patched. Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is i further evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel -wheeled or pneumatic tired roller, meeting the requirements of the MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests The base material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. 5.05 PAYMENT The bituminous base shall be paid for on the basis of square -yard -inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans. Payment shall be compensation for preparation of all existing surfaces, furnishing materials, laying and roNeg. 6.00 BITUMINOUS NEARING COURSE 6.01 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a plant -mixed, paver -laid, bituminous surface as noted on the Plans, and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 2000 Edition, except as modified below. 6.02 AGGREGATE The aggregate material shall meet the requirements of aggregate size A, table 3139-1, Section 3139, for both type 41 and type 42 Wearing Course Mixtures, Section 2331. 6.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL The bituminous material shall be asphalt cement, classified by the Performance Grading (PG) System and shall meet or exceed the requirements for PG 52-34. The oil content shall be within plus or minus 0.3% of the amount determined by the design mix. The oil content shall meet or exceed the minimum percentages by weight identified in Table 2331-1, Section 2331, for the appropriate mixture type. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous wear_ 6.04 CONSTRUCTION At least 48 hours prior to paving the wearing course, all manholes and gate valves on the project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wearing course grade. All disturbed aggregate base shall be recompacted and the bituminous base patched and rolled. Prior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture, the base course shall be thoroughly swept and a bituminous tack coat placed in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2357. The bituminous tack coat shall be applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. The cost of the tack shall be included in the wear course unit price. Prior to paving, a 3/4" plate shall be placed over each manhole. After the street has been paved and prior to rolling, a 3/4" plywood plate shall be placed over each gate valve and the edges raked. VA 1 Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer shall be compacted until there is no further evidence of consolidation, using a tamping, steel -wheeled or pneumatic -tired roller, meeting the requirements of the MnDOT Specification 2123. The Engineer may elect to test the compaction with field density tests. The wear material shall be compacted to 100% of Standard Proctor Density. The bituminous wear course at the edge of the curb and gutter shall be 1/" above the edge, following compaction. The additional cost of the materials along the edge shall be incidental to the cost of the wear course. ' 6.05 PAYMENT The bituminous wear shall be paid for on the basis of square -yard -inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous thickness as shown on the Plans. Payment shall be compensation for cutting the existing bituminous, sweeping, tack coat, furnishing materials, laying and rolling. ' At the conclusion of the project, cores in the blacktop may be ordered if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the pavement does not meet the Specifications. A minimum of one core for every 400 feet of roadway shall be taken. ' The following tests shall be run by an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. 1. Thickness 2. Marshall Density ' 3. Gradation 4. Extraction 5. Void Content If the Marshall density for the cores is less than the specified minimum density, then in lieu of being removed and replaced to an acceptable condition it will be accepted at a reduced rate, according to MnDOT Specification 2331.3, ' 2000 Edition. In addition, an average thickness of all the cores shall be computed. Based upon that thickness, payment for both the wear and base shall be adjusted according to the following schedule: a. average thickness 0.00-0.15 inches less than plan and average thickness greater than plan (except where ordered by the Engineer): payment made at unit prices. ' b. average thickness: 0.16-0.25 inches less than plan: 15% reduction of unit prices as bid. g P C. average thickness 0.26-0.50 inches less than plan: 30% reduction of unit prices as bid. ' d. any specific area which has a test thickness less than plan thickness minus 0.50 inches shall be replaced. t7.00 HAUL SLIPS "Haul slips" showing tonnage of all bituminous and rock material delivered to the job site shall be submitted to the Engineer on a daily basis. All tonnage tickets shall be weighed and not estimated ' Unless the method of payment called for on the proposal is by the ton, all haul slips supplies will be used for verification of the cubic yard or square yard quantities only. �, 8 i i 8.00 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND TESTING All phases of the work shall be open to the Engineer or his representative and the Contractor shall allow the use of such facilities as are necessary to properly inspect the work. The Contractor shall submit test results as determined 1 by an approved testing laboratory of all materials to be used before any related construction begins. The Contractor shall furnish reasonable amounts of the materials during the construction progress to be used for periodic testing. 1 9.00 CLEANUP When the work has been completed, the contractonshall remove from the -site all extra material,' equipment, debris . and other, supplies,•The site•shall•be�cleaned�up-,as..•iscnecessary,:to-leave all property. in substantially the same condition as it was before,the project. •1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 CONCRETE CURB SPECIFICATIONS ■ Description......................................................... page d Concrete ..................... ..... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... page 1 Base Preparation .................................................. page 1 ' Machine Placement ............................................. page 1 Formed Method .................................................. page 2 ' Finishing............................................................ page 2 Jointing....... .................................... ... . page 2 ' Protection... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. page 3 ` Curing............................................................... page 3 Backfilling................. ... ... ...... ... ..... ... .page 3 • .................. . Testang... .._.....................:................ page 4 ' Revised 4/25/01 1 CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIPTION Curb or combined curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveway aprons, shall consist of air -entrained Portland cement concrete constructed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these specifications. This work shall be in reasonable cost conformity with the lines and grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the Plans or established by the Engineer. All work shall be performed in accordance with MnDOT Specifications for Highway Construction, 2000 Edition, except as modified herein by the following specifications and the Special Provisions. ' r to the design as specified on the Plans is to be removed and replaced at no cost to the All curb not conforming gn Owner. Type B curb is to be placed at all curb returns with a minimum 10' transition to other curb types. CONCRETE 1. ' The air -entrained Portland cement concrete shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 2461. The component parts shall be batched by weight, in proportions, to produce a concrete developing a minimum compressive strength of 3900 psi in 28 days. Concrete mix shall be mixture 3A32 for hand placement and 3A22 for machine placement, per MnDOT Specification 2461. A design mix shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. Any addition of excess water, as determined by the Engineer, to the concrete during placement, will result in removal and replacement of ' affected material. ' BASE PREPARATION The base shah be a minimum thickness of 6 inches of Class 5 gravel under all curb and gutter andall -driveway aprons. A minimum base thickness of 4 inches of pit run sand shall be placed beneath all sidewalks. The base ' shall be compacted and shall extend a minimum of one foot outside the curb and drives and 05 feet outside sidewalk forms. The base shall be reasonably dense, firm, trimmed to a uniform smooth surface and in a moist condition when the concrete is placed. MACHINE PLACEMENT The slipform/extrusion machine approved shall be so designed as to place, spread, consolidate, screed, and finish the concrete in one complete pass in such a manner that a minimum of hand finishing will be necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous concrete section. The machine shall shape, vibrate, and/or extrude the ' concrete for the full width and depth of the concrete section being placed. It shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible. All operations of mixing, delivery, and spreading concrete shall be so coordinated as to provide uniform progress, with stopping and starting of the machine held to a minimum. FORMED METHOD ' The forms shall be of wood,. metal, or other suitable material that is straight and free from warp, having sufficient strength to resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement, and sufficient tightness to prevent the leakage of mortar. Flexible or rigid forms of proper curvature may be used for curves having a radius of 100 ' feet or less.. Division plates shall be metal: 1 The front and back forms shall extend for the full depth of the concrete. All of the forms shall be braced and staked so that they remain in both horizontal -and -vertical alignment until their removal. They shall be cleaned and coated with an approved form -release agent before concrete is placed against them. The concrete shall be deposited into the forms without segregation and then it shall be tamped and spaded or mechanically vibrated for thorough consolidation. Low roll or mountable curbs may be formed without the use of a face form by using a straightedge and templet to form the curb face. When used, face forms shall be removed as soon as possible to finishing. permit Front and back forms shall be removed without d concrete after it has set. damage to the ' FINISHING ' The plastic concrete shall be finished smooth, if necessary, by means of a wood float and then it shall be given a final surface texture using a light broom or burlap drag. Concrete is that adjacent to forms and formed joints shall be edged with a suitable edging tool to the dimension shown on the plans. ' OINTING Cont _raction oints Transverse, weakened -plane, contraction joint shall be constructed at right angles to the curb line at intervals not exceeding 15 feet in the curb and 5-feet squares in the sidewalk. Joint depth shall average at least 1/ of the cross section of the concrete. Contraction joint may be sawed hand -formed or made by 1/8 inch -thick division: plates in the formwork. Sawing shall be done early after the concrete has set to prevent the formation of uncontrolled cracking. The joints may be hand -formed either by (1) using a narrow or triangular jointing tool or a thin metal blade to impress a plane or weakness into the plastic concrete, or (2) inserting 1/8-inch-thick steel strips into the plastic concrete temporarily. Steel strips shall be withdrawn before final finishing of the Where concrete. division plates are used to make contraction joint, the plates shall be removed after the concrete has set and while the forms are still in p lace. Ex anionjoints Expansion joints shall be .constructed at right angles to the curb line at 300' maximum intervals, at unmovable structures and at point of curvature for curves. ' _short -radius Filler material for expansion joint shall conform to requirements of ASTM D994, D1751, or D1752 and'shall be furnished in a single 3/44nch-thick piece for the full depth and width of the joint. Expansion joint in a slipformed curb or curb and gutter shall be constructed with an appropriate hand - tool by raking or sawing through partially set concrete for the full depth and width of the section. The ' cut shall be only wide enough to permit a snug fit for the joint filler. After the filler is placed, open areas adjacent to the filler shall be filled with concrete and then trowelled and edged. _ _ 1 Alternatively, an expansion joint may be installed by removing a short section of freshly extruded curb and gutter immediately, installing temporary holding forms, placing the expansion joint .filler, and replacing and reconsolidating the concrete that was removed. Contaminated concrete shall be discarded. 2 1 Other Joints ' Construction joints may be either butt- or expansion -type joints. Curbs or combined curbs and gutters constructed adjacent to existing concrete shall have the same type of joints as in; the existingconcrete, with similar spacing; however, contraction joint spacing shall not exceed 15 feet. Curbing placed in ' conjunction with concrete paving shall be jointed according to the type of joint indicated on the Plan and Profile. ' Reinforcing Steel The Contractor shall install. two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars, twenty feet in length, across each service trench. or any other trench which crosses the curbing. Two (2) No. 4 steel reinforcing bars four feet in length shall be installed at all transitions from machine placed versus hand placed curbing. Reinforcing cages to be installed ' behind the catch basin castings shall conform to detail 4.017A. Protection ' The Contractor shall always have material available to protect the surface of the plastic concrete against rain. These materials shall consist of waterproof paper or plastic sheeting. For slipform construction, materials such as wood planks or forms to protect the edges shall also be required When concrete is being placed in cold weather, and the temperature may be expected to drop below 350 F, suitable protection shall be provided to keep the concrete from freezing until it is at least 10 days old. Concrete ' injured by frost action shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. C n Concrete shall be cured for at least three days after placement to protect it against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and mechanical injury. Moist burlap, waterproof paper, white polyethylene sheeting, ' white liquid membrane compound, or a combination thereof, may be used as the curing material. Membrane curing shall not be permitted in frost -affected areas when the concrete will be exposed to de-icing; chemicals` within 30 days after completion of the curing period. Backfilline ' After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in front and back of curbs shall be refilled with suitable material to the required elevations. the fill material shall be thoroughly tamped in layers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect the curbing during all phases of the backfilling operation. Any curbing ' damaged during this process shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Testine ' . Not less than three test cylinders of standard size and manufacture shall be made for each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed, or for each day's operations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. One cylinder from each ' set shall be tested at seven days and one cylinder at 28 days, in accordance with AST M C-31. The third cylinder shall be retained as a spare in case problems occur with either of the other two. Air entrainment and slump tests shall be taken on each load prior to placement. 3 To cast the cylinders, fill the molds in three equal layers and uniformly q y rod each layer 25 times with a bullet - nosed rod. When rodding the second and third layers, the rod should just break through into the layer beneath. The molds should be filled continuously and without interruption. After rodding the top layer, tap the cylinder ' lightly to close any voids that might exist, and cover immediately to prevent loss of moisture. Be sure the cylinders are on a level surface during curing and that the tops are smooth and 'level to ensure minimum laboratory preparation and the best test results. Test results indicating concrete substandard from the above requirements shall be reason for halting concreting operations and investigation of the cause of the deficiency, and removal and replacement of concrete placed during the period represented by the test,. if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such action is necessary to protect the structural integrity of the construction. All testing shall be done at the Contra -ors ex ense b an a roved testin laborato Test results shall be submitted once a week to the Engineer. 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCA VATION AND BACKFILL1SURFACE RESTORATION 26001 Description............................................................................................. . .3 2600.2 Materials................................................................................ I.................3 A. Granular Materials .............................................. Al Granular Material Gradation Classifications ......................................... 3 A 1 Granular Material Use Designations ...................................... ..................4 ' B Piling ....................................................... CInsulation ............................................. DGeotextile Fabric............................................................ ........ ................4 2600.3 Construction Requirements ............................. AGeneral Provisions..................................................................................5 AlMaintenance of Traffic...........................................................................5 A2 Establishing Line and Grade ................... .... 5 A3 Protection of Surface Structures ...................... .........6 A4 Interference of Underground Structures ........... .......... ......................7 A5Removal of Surface Improvements..........................................................8 A6 Temporary Service Measures......................................................:. ........8- B Excavation and Preparation of Trench........................................................9 B 1 Operational Limitations and Requirements.............................................9 ' B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials...........................................9 B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements............................................10 B4Sheeting and Bracing Excavations ......................................... ...................I I B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations.........................................12 C Non Open Cut Pipe Installation...............................................................13 CI Jacking/Boring ..........................................................................................13 ' C2 Directional Boring .................................................14 DPlacement of Insulation...................................................... ......................15 E Pipeline Backfilling Operations..............................................................15 F Restoration of Surface Improvements.......................................................17 F1 Turf Restoration. ............................................................................................ 18 F2 Pavement Restoration.............................................................................18 ' F3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items ..................................... .....................19 GMaintenance and Final Cleanup................................................................19 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 1 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT.............................................................19 A Rock Excavation..................................................................... ......................20 ' B Granular Materials..........................................................................................20 CGeotextile Fabric.............................................................................................20 DPiling............................................................ ..20 D 1 PileBents...................................................................................20 E Insulation... ........ .......... ..20 , 2600.5 Basis of Payment ............................................................................20 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 2 2600 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION 2600.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the excavation, backfilling, and restoration of existing surface improvements for the purposes of installing new and/or relocating or adjusting existing underground utilities. Use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to Mn/DOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction, as modified by any MnWT SupplementalSpecification edition published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. 2600.2 MATERIALS A Granular Materials Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, I crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use by the material manufacturer or as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions.. Al Granular Material Gradation Classifications Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Foundation materials shall have 100 percent by weight passing the 1-1/2 inch sieve and a maximum of 10 percent by weight passing the No. 4 sieve. Backfill materials shall consist of existing trench materials, except as otherwise specified in this specification or in the Special Provisions. Bedding and encasement materials for flexible pipe, where improved pipe foundation is not required, shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3149.2E 1, Granular Borrow, except that 100 percent by weight shall pass the one -inch sieve. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 3 1 A gradation report from an approved Independent Testing laboratory of the proposed granular . materials shall be furnished to the Engineer before any of the granular materials are delivered to the project. A2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, either as part of the pipe item work unit or as a separate contract item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: Material Use Designation Zone Designation Granular Foundation ------------- Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve better foundation support. Granular Bedding ---------------- Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. Granular Encasement ----------- Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill----------------- Placed below the surface base course, if any, as the second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for, urface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed: The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall -only serve to5fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. B Piling Piling shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification 2452 and , special plan details relating to piling. C Insulation ' Main Insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40aF mean, a , comprehensive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water absorption of 0.25 percent by volume minimum. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, specifications, or Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure 8 feet long, 2 or 4 feet wide, and 1, 1-1/2, 2, or 3 inches thick. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 4 D Geotextile Fabric Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3733 and be used as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions Al Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic control and signing and public safety in accordance with the provisions of the field manual of Temporary Control Zone Layouts of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and Mn/DOT Specifications 1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking the action and the proper advance notice to be provided to each body. Compliance with this requirement shall notice construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to trafficor whose services would-be hindered if a roadway i&closed to traffic: Such agencies or: institutions shallinclude,butmotbe limited to,,thepolice department, , the fire department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic- patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes will be set at 25-foot intervals along the pipeline; at each change in line or grade; and as needed for pipeline appurtenances and service lines. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the primary line and grade stakes; and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and, if negligent in providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of ' any restaking. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Following construction of a work shaft on tunnel installations, the 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 5 line and grade shall be transferred down the shaft and be projected into and throughout the length of each tunnel heading. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the water main shall generally be placed with the minimum specified cover. However, a greater depth may required to clear existing storm and sanitary sewers and sewer services, and no additional compensation shall be provided for such adjustments. In locations where sewer is in direct conflict with existing water main and water services the water main and water services shall be lowered to provide at least 18 inches of vertical distance between the top of the water main or service and the bottom of the sanitary or relocated in accordance with the Plans. Water mains crossing above storm or sanitary sewers shall be laid to provide a separation of at leastl8 inches between the bottom of the water main and the top of the sewer. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following construction shall be used: (1) Sewers passing over or under Water mains shall be constructed of materials equal to water main standards of construction for a distance of at least 9 feet on either side of the water main. (2) Watermain passing under sewers shall, in addition, be protected by providing: (a) a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the water main; (b) adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent excessive deflection of joints and settling on and breaking of the Water mains; (c) a length of water pipe shall be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the sewer. Water mains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any sanitary sewer or storm sewer, whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizontal'separation of 10 feet, a water main may be laid closer to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that- (1) The bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer, (2) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the sewer shall be constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to water main standards of construction and shall be pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the consent of the Engineer. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 6 A3 Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features located outside the permissible excavation limits for underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits, as required, the removal of improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, mailboxes, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during constructionprovided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of existing overhead utilities and poles. This shall include arranging with the utility and paying the utility for holding poles that will be close to .the edge of any trench. Holding of poles and -repair of any damage to these facilities shall be considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation allowed. If relocation or removal of these facilities is required, the Owner will contact the concerned utility and pay for the relocation or removal at no additional expense to the Contractor. In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned; in the absence of construction necessity;: the�Contractor will be required to -replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. A4 Interference .of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to. such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations in existing facilities will be allowed only to the extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 7 Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 2104. Removal debris shall not be deposited at locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas, ror obstruct surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any -event, the debris shall be removed from the site.before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be; by methods producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining ' property. Where not removed to an existing j oint, - concretestructures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth. Any reusable materials generated during the work, such as aggregate, sod, topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. , The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operation shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage , to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. A6 Temporary Service Measures , While any open excavations are maintained, the Contractor shall have available a supply of steel , plates suitable for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure as soon as possible. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 8 B Excavation and Preparation of Trench Bl Operational Limitations and Requirements Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for coordination of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to inplace structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. Where possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The Contractor shall review proposed methods of operation with the Engineer prior to beginning the work. All installations shall be accomplished by open trench construction except for short tunnel sections approved by the Engineer and with the exception that boring and jacking or tunnel construction methods shall be employed where so specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Installation of pipe through tunnel excavations will be allowed only where the surface structure can be properly supported and the backfill restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all inplace underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way; precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe and power or communication cables. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect life and property, and then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The hours of blasting operations shall be set by the Owner. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, regulations, and ordinances. B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only to the extent that the removal of ' materials classified by the Engineer as Rock will be paid for as provided in the Special Provisions or shown in the Proposal. All other materials encountered in the excavations, with the 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 9 exception of items classified for payment as structure removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation and unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, no additional compensation shall be provided for their removal. Unclassified materials shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can be removed effectively with power operated excavators without resorting to drilling and blasting. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excavation. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials• and -topsoil shall�be, segregated-from°other materials during the lexcavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use ofthe available materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, material•handling as described above shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation provided. All excavated-materials•reserved for backfillor-otherwise-on the projectshallvbe stored at locations approved by the Engineer that. will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Contract. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be , laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structure as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 10 ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet. Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches on all sides of appurtenant structures such as valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet, subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowedTor.anyincrease in material or•construction costs If the trench -is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor-=to-provide,,a higher -class, of bedding and/or & higher -strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract or to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any t manner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. Where conditions warrant extreme care, the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life or property, or the Engineer may order the installation of sheet piling of the interlocking type or direct that other safety measures be taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to order correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 11 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, wherever and to such depths that soil stability may dictate the need for t support to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and so as not to place stress or strain on the inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent displacement of supported , grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet or more below the established surface grade as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be made for those materials as an Extra Work item, including waste material resulting from upper cut-off requirements. , B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary, to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above fmished grade as will permit hand -shaping -to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within 0.03 foot of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell hole excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. , In excavations made below grade to remove rock or unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified and provided for or is ordered by the Engineer. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. Where placement of foundation materials will not provide an adequate foundation for laying e P q Y gpp due to the instability of the existing materials and where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall place Geotextile Type I fabric on top of the unstable materials prior to placing foundation materials. Sufficient geotextile fabric shall be used to completely enclose the foundation materials and pipe.> 1999 Standard Utilities Pa Specifications a 12 p g ' It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Where the foundation soil is found to consist of materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of special requirements in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be required to furnish and drive piling and construct concrete or timber bearing supports or other work as may be ordered by the Engineer. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over -excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly without additional compensation to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. rThe Contractor�shall-install-and,,operate a dewatering.system of wells,or points to maintain pipe trenches free of water wherever necessary or as directed by the Engineer to meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, such work shall be considered incidental. ' All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the Proposal does. not provide for payment under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by order of the Engineer in the absence of Contract requirements will be compensated' for separately. If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregate was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. C Non Open Cut Pipe Installation ' Cl Jacking/Boring t� The terms auger , boring", "jack", "jacking", and tunneling in the proposal, specifications, and plans refers only to non -open cut construction. The Contractor shall inspect and verify soil conditions to his own satisfaction in order to determine the type of construction to employ. During the construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing utilities above the pipe invert. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 13 The minimum diameter of the casing pipe shall be four (4) inches greater than the outside diameter of the bell of the carrier pipe. For any installation beneath a railroad, the top of the casing pipe shall not be closer than the specified dimensions indicated in the permit. If the Contractor elects to install steel casing, the minimum wall thickness shall be as specified on the Plans, in the Special Provisions, or in the applicable Permit. Where required by the Engineer, two 17-pound anode packs shall be attached to the casing for corrosion protection. A 1-1/2 inch pipe shall be forced along the top of the casing pipe. The front end of this pipe shall be 18 inches behind the front end of the casing pipe. A mixture of water and bentonite clay shall be forced through this pipe at all times during the casing installation to fill any voids that may be present above the casing pipe. Upon completion of the casing installation, this pipe shall be slowly withdrawn while bentonite is forced through the pipe to fill any remaining voids. The Contractor shall prevent excavated materials from flowing back into the excavation during the non -open cut construction. This shall include the use of a shield conforming to the size and shape of the casing that will prevent materials from flowing into the leading edge of the casing. The machine used shall be capable of controlling line and grade and shall conform to the size and shape of the casing pipe. No jacking/augering of pipe will be allowed below the water table unless the water table has been lowered sufficiently to keep the water below the pipe being installed. The use of water under pressure (jetting) or puddling will not be permitted to facilitate jacking/augering operations. If any installation is augered, the head shall be approved by the Engineer and the auger shall be located six (6) inches behind the lead edge of the casing or carrier pipe. If a void develops, the jacking/augering shall be stopped immediately and the void shall be filled by pressure grouting. The grout material shall consist of a sand -cement slurry of at least two sacks of cement per cubic yard and a minimum of water to assure satisfactory placement. Skids and blocking shall be used as necessary to install the carrier pipe to the proper line and grade inside the casing pipe. Voids between carrier and casing pipes shall be filled with sand and the casing pipe sealed at bothends with a suitable material to prevent water or debris from entering the casing pipe. C2 Directional Boring Direction boring/drilling installation shall be accomplished where required on the Plans or in the Special Provisions to minimize disturbance of existing surface improvements. The installer shall have a minimum of three years of experience in this method of construction and have installed at , least 1,000 feet of 8-inch or larger diameter pipe to specified grades. The field supervisor employed by the Contractor shall have at least three years of experience and shall be at the site at all times during the boring/drilling installation, and be responsible for all of the work. , 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 14 The Contractor shall submit boring/drilling pit locations to the Engineer before beginning construction. The drilling equipment shall be capable of placing the pipe as shown on the plans. The installation shall be by a steerable drilling tool capable of installing continuous runs of pipe, without intermediate pits, a minimum distance of 200 feet. The guidance system shall be capable of installing pipe within 1-1/2 inch of the plan vertical dimensions and 2 inches of the plan horizontal dimensions. The Contractor shall be required to remove and reinstall pipes which vary in depth and alignment from these tolerances. Pull back forces shall not exceed the allowable pulling forces for the pipe being installed. Drilling fluid shall be a mixture of water and bentonite clay. Disposal of excess fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to placement of the insulation, Granular Borrow (MnDOT 3149) shall be leveled and compacted until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions, then.leveledand lightly scarified to a.depth- of.1/2-inch: Borrow material placed above and below the insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater. Insulation boards -shall be placed on the scarified material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards shall be placed in a single layer with tight joints. No continuous joints or seams shall be placed directly over the pipe. If two or more layers of insulation boards ' are used, eachJayer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below. The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. The first layer of material placed over the insulation shall be 6 inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments measuring 1-1/2 inches or greater. The material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation and shall be compacted with equipment which exerts a contract pressure of less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted to conform to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. E Pipeline Backfilling Operations -" All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore preexisting conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable on a section -by -section basis. All operations ' shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will assure acceptable results. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 15 The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the trench section be unsuitable or insufficient, without loading and hauling or the employment of unreasonable measures, the required additional materials shall be furnished from outside sources as an Extra Work item in the absence of any Special Provision requirements. Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable , materials, that may damage the pipe installation, prevent thorough compaction, or increase the risks of after settlement unnecessarily. Material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental effects. Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials placed shall be limited in particle size to 1-1/2 inches maximum in the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter or less and to 2 inches maximum in the case of larger pipe. Above these zones, the placement of material containing stones, boulders, chunks, etc. greater than 8 inches in any dimension shall not be allowed. All flexible pipe shall be bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". :- ..:. ThisAshall,,includeM lacement-of p granular.bedding .and .encasement.materials .from:; a;point six. inches below the bottom of pipe to a point twelve inches above the top of the pipe. Placement and compaction of bedding and encasement materials around the pipe shall be considered incidental to the :installation; ofthe pipe. Where, existing soils do not meetthe requirements, of bedding and encasement materials, the Contractor shall furnish the required granular materials. Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consolidation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe pipe loading. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers up to 12 inches thick spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill may be placed in 12 inch layers above an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the provision that, by authority and at discretion of the Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability of special type , vibrating compactors, the stated maximums may be increased. Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a , ■ 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 16 succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment, or procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at any location within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, not as work that may be delayed until final cleanup. Compaction of backfill within Roadbed areas shall meet the density requirements of NIn/DOT Specification 2105. Compaction of backfill in all other areas shall be as required in the Special Provisions. Until, expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner. .. •1 Any settlement.of road surfaces that•are:either placed -under. this. Contract or:by others under either public or private contract; that are in excess of one inch, as measured by a ten foot straight edge; and that are within,the-guarantee period shall be considered failure of the:mechanical compaction.-The:Contractor,shall:.be:requiredd-to repair. such Settlement.including:all,items placed. by others. F Restoration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such aspavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations,, they shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as i soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and there will be no separate payment. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 17 Fl Turf Restoration Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement except where seeding is specifically allowed or required. Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four inches under all sod and in all areas seeded. The topsoil material used shall be light friable loam containing a liberal amount of humus and shall be free of heavy clay, coarse sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks and other foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements shall be selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and needed. All turf establishment work shall be done in substantial compliance with the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification 2575 using seed mixtures as specified in the Special Provisions or Proposal. F2 Pavement Restoration The inplace pavement structure (including base aggregates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated materials to the extent available and. needed, and with -new materials -being provided for reconstruction of the concrete ' or-bituminous-surfacecourses. If; through no -fault of the..Contractonin,failing Ito. reserve :sufficient aggregate materials from the ' -excavations, there -should be=ansufficient•-quantity of.suitable aggregate to. reconstruct the -pavement base courses, the additional materials required-will_be furnished by the Owner at -its expense; .or -the Contraetormill be ordered to furnish the additional materials. from outside. source&: Placementof;any additional aggregate;materials delivered to.the� site:by the. Owner or of any additional materials furnished by the Contractor shall be an incidental expense, as will also be the disposal -of any excess materials -resulting therefrom, unless special payment provisions are otherwise agreed upon. , Reconstruction of aggregate base courses and concrete or bituminous surface courses shall be in substantial compliance with all applicable NhvDOT Specifications pertaining to the item being i restored. The materials used shall be comparable to those used in the inplace structure, and the workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of new construction to the fullest extent obtainable inconsideration of operational restrictions. Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the Contractor. However, all surface edges will be inspected prior to restoration. _ 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 18 F3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections, pedestrian walks, fencing, driveway surfacing, or other improvements are removed or in any way damaged or undermined, they shall be restored to original condition by repair or replacement as the Engineer considers necessary. Replacement of old materials will be acceptable only to the extent that existing quality can be fully achieved, such as in the case of fencing. Otherwise new materials shall be provided and placed as the Engineer directs. Workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of new construction, where new materials are used, to the extent obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions. A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstructing concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of at least four inches under all concrete and bituminous items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing and placing this material even though such course was not part of the original construction. G Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade: surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surfacing. construction or restoration work; and until the work has-been finally accepted. Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final surface improvements. . Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished intermittently as new ,construction items are completed and shall not be . . left to await--final-completion of allwork. Cleanup°operations shall be considered as being a part of the work covered under the Contract.Items involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished at, any early time shall be considered as final cleanup work not attributable to a specific Contract Item. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is satisfactorily pursued or he may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of any dead or damaged sod as maybe required for acceptance of the work. ' 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete -in -Place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 19 A Rock Excavation Rock Excavation shall be measured by volume in cubic yards. Depth shall be measured from the top of the rock to a point six inches below the outside barrel of the pipe and width shall be the inside diameter of the pipe plus twenty four inches (12" from each side). The minimum width'of measurement shall be four feet. B Granular Materials Granular materials furnished and placed as special foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any materials required to be placed as a component part of other Contract Items as may be specified. C Geotextile Fabric Where geotextile fabric is used for improving pipe foundation, it shall be measured by the square foot of material installed. D Piling Piling :shall be measured according to the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification 2452. D1 Pile Bents Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall include all materials and labor required, except the pile. E Insulation Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor required for placement. 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 20 r r When special aggregate backfill materials are required to be furnished and placed to comply with the indicated Laying Conditions, the costs shall be included for payment as part of the pipe items without any direct compensation. Otherwise, the furnishing of aggregate materials for backfill by order of the Engineer in the absence of such requirements will be compensated for as an Extra Work item. In the absence of special payment provisions, all costs of restoring surface improvements as required, disposal of surplus or waste materials, maintenance and repair of completed work, and final cleanup operations shall be incidental to the Contract Items under which the costs are incurred. 1 Granular materials furnished for foundation}, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items. Otherwise the furnishing and placing of granular materials as specified shall be incidental to the pipe or structure item without any direct compensation being made. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2611 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2611.1 Description....................................................................................................24 2611.2 Materials..................................................................::...................................26 AWater Pipe Materials..........................:.....................................................26 Al Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings ........................26 Al Prestressed Concrete C lind P' 'ttin 7 y er ipd F2 ean i gs...................................... A3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings..................................27 A4 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings...............................................27 BFire Hydrants...................................................................................................28 CValves and Valve Housings............................................................................29 CI Valve Housings...............:.............................................................................29 C2Gate Valves...................................................................................................29 C3Butterfly Valves............................................................................................29 D Water Service Pipe and Fittings......................................................................30 E Polyethylene Encasement Material..............................................................30 F Restrained Joint Retainer Glands...............................................................31 GMortar..........................................................................................................31 HConcrete..........................................................................................................31 2611.3 Construction Requirements...................................................................31 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings..................................................................31 AlInspection and Handling...............................................................................32 A2 Pipe Laying Operations................................................................................32 A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe.........................................................................33 A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe..................................................................33 A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline .................... :............I .......................... 34 B Connection and Assembly of Joints................................................................35 B 1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints................................................36 B1a Push -On Joints......................................................................................36 B lb Mechanical Joints..................................................................................36 Blc Flanged Joints..............................................................................................36 B2 Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe Joints............................................37 B3 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints............................................................. .37 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 22 133a Push -On Joints .................................................. B4 Polyethylene Pi a Joints.........................................................................37 p CWater Service Installations..........................................................................37 C1Tee Brarch Service Lines .............................................. ...........................38 C2Tapped Service Lines.................................................................................38 D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials........................................39 EDisinfection of Water Mains.......................................................................40 FElectrical Conductivity Test ...................................................... .................40 GHydrostatic Testing of Water Mains...........................................................41 HOperational Inspection..................................................................................42 i 2611A Method of Measurement.........................................................................42 AWater Pipe...................................................................................................42 BValves..........................................................................................................42 r C Corporation Stops................................................................... .................43 DCurb Stops.................................................................................................43 EHydrants ........... ..................................................................... ......... ......43 FAir Vents ................................................. ,43 GRearrangement of Inplace Facilities..................................................... 43 H Polyethylene Encasement............................................................................43 IDuctile and Gray Iron Fittings ................................................. ........ 43 J Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene K Access Structures.......................................................................................43 ' 2611.5 Basis of Payment....................................................................................44 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 23 2611 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2611.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of water main and building service pipelines utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of potable water. The work includes the relocation or adjustment of existing facilities as may be specified in the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to Mn/DOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction, as modified by any Mn/DOT Supplemental Specification edition published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications have been - referenced in this Specification: C 104 American National Standard for Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water C105 American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems C 110 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids C 111 American National Standard for Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings C115 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges C 150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe C 151 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Case, for Water or Other Liquids C153 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 24 C301 AWWA Standard for Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel -Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids C304 AWWA Standard for Design of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe C500 AWWA Standard for Met6Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes addendum C500a-95.) 1 C502 AWWA Standard for Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants (Includes H addendum C502a-95. Y Y � ) C504 AWWA Standard for Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves C509 AWWA Standard for Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (Includes ■ addendum C509a-95.) C600 AWWA Standard for Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances C605 AWWA Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water C651 AWWA Standard for Disinfecting. Water Mains C800AWWA Standard,for Underground Service LinelValves and Fittings C900 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water Distribution (Includes addendum C900a-92.) C901 AWWA Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 In. Through 3 In., ' for Water Service C905 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings. 14 In Through 48 In (350mm Through 1 200mm)for Water Transmission and Distribution C906 AWWA, Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 63 In., for Water Distribution C907 AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In. Through 8 In. (100mm Through 200mm) Service installations shall include either Branch Service Lines or Tapped Service Lines in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Tapped Service installations shall include all water service lines less than three inches nominal inside diameter pipe. The component parts of a tap service installation shall include a corporation stop coupling complete with water main tap and saddle where required; a curb stop coupling complete with service box; and copper piping extending from the corporation stop to the curb 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 25 stop coupling and beyond to the property line or to the limits as established by the Engineer. Tapped Service lines shall be installed at the size specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Branch Service installations shall include all water service lines of three inches nominal inside diameter pipe and,larger. The component parts of a branch service installation shall include a tapping sleeve and valve or a tee connection and valve complete with valve box, and piping extending from the water main connection, to the property line or to the limits as specified by the Engineer. All references to Gray Iron material shall be construed to include both Gray Iron and Ductile Iron products, except where one or the other is specified, and all references to Polyvinyl Chloride pipe shall be construed to include only pressure pipe complying with AWWA C-900 or C-905. All references to "structure" shall include any man-made object that is not otherwise exempted by special terminology or definition. 2611.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referencespecificationsfor the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the - Contract. Unlessotherwise indicated,, all required materials,shalltbe fu-nished:by-the Contractor.: If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material; the choice shall be limited as maybe stipulated in the Plans, Specifications,. or. Special Provisions: All manufactured products shall.conform in detail to such standard design drawings -as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design; or other unspecified. details as it deems desirable for :. . maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for approval. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. A Water Pipe Materials All pipe furnished for water main and branch line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plan and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining`and any special fittings employed shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Al Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 26 , either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C 150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 OR 153 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA Clll. A2 Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings Prestressed Concrete Cylinder.pipe; fittings and. specials shall conform to the. requirements of AWWA C-301 and C-304 (Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type) for the size, ' working pressure, external loading, laying condition, and other design considerations indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The Contractor shall furnish plans and specifications to the pipe manufacturer giving such special details -and other information,as are necessary� for manufacture of -the pipe, fittings,, and specials in accordance with the specific requirements of the project. A3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings ' Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe, produced by a continuous extrusion process employing a prime grade of unplasticized polyvinyl chloride, shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-900 for the size, grade, and pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C907 and C908. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. A4 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings ' Polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C906 for the size and pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to Ductile ' Iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. The method of joining material shall be by the Thermal Butt Fusion Method. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 27 1 The standard HDPE fittings shall be standard commercial products manufactured by injection molding or by extrusion and machining, or, shall be fabricated from PE pipe conforming to this specification. The fittings shall be fully pressure rated by the manufacturer to provide a working pressure equal to the pipe, for 50 years service at 73.4 degrees Fahrenheit with an included 2:1 safety factor. The fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin type, grade, and cell classification as the pipe itself. The manufacture of the fittings shall be in accordance with good commercial practice to provide fittings homogeneous throughout and free from crack, holes, foreign inclusions, voids, or other injurious defects. The fittings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color, opacity, density and other physical properties. The minimum "quick -burst" strength of the fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe with which the fitting is to be used. B Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be of the type, size, and construction specified in the Plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C-502. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants, shall be fiunished in conformance with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Hydrants shall -have a five -winch (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens _ against water pressure. (2) Hydrant barrels shall be two piece, non -jacket type, with flanged joint above finished grade line and with mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining a six inch ductile iron branch pipe. (3) Hydrant bury length, measured from the bottom of the branch pipe connection to the finished ground line at the hydrant, shall be T-6". (4) Hydrants shall have two outlet nozzles for 2-1/2 inch (I.D.) hose connection and one outlet nozzle for 4 inch (I.D.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle threads shall be National Standard Fire -Hose Coupling Screw Threads (NFPA 1963). (5) Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "O" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. (6) Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage in the base or barrel, or between the base and barrel, unless the Special Provisions require that drain outlets be omitted or plugged. (7) The hydrant operating nut shall be rotated counterclockwise to open. (8) Detailed drawings, catalog information, and maintenance data shall be fiunished as requested by the Engineer. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 28 C Valves and Valve Housing Cl Valve Housings Valve housings shall be of ductile or cast iron, High Density Polyethylene or masonry construction as specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions for the particular valve size or installation. Masonry manhole or vault type units shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification 2506. Precast Concrete Manholes shall conform to ASTM Specification C-478 suitable for HS 20 traffic loading for all units located in driving areas. Ductile or cast iron valve boxes and all castings for manhole or vault type units shall conform to the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3321. C2 Gate Valves ' Gate Valves shall be manufactured and furnished in accordance with an approved pattern and shall conform to all applicable requirements of AWWA C-500 or AWWA C-509, together with. such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or the provisions hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the gate valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: 1 Gate.valves:meeting the requirements-of.AWWA. C-500 shall.be two-faced, double disc type, with parallel seats. Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C-509 shall be single disc 1 type with resilient seat bonded or mechanically attached to either the gate or valve body. All valves shall.be providedwith atwo-inch-square operating nut opening counterclockwise and mechanical joint ends. ' O 2 All gate valves shall be non -rising stem type.furnished with O-Ring stem seals. (3) All gate valves 16 inches or larger in size shall be arranged for operation in the horizontal position and shall be equipped with bypass valves. (4) All gate valves 12 inches or larger in size shall be equipped with approved barrel type rugged gate position. (5) All gears on gate valves shall be cut tooth steel gears, housed in heavy ductile or cast iron ' extended type grease cases of approved design. (6) All gate valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating ' and year of manufacture cast on the valve bodies. C3 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in conformance with all applicable requirements of AWWA C-504 for 150 p.s.i. working pressure minimum, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provision or the 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 29 provisions hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the butterfly valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements. (1) The butterfly valves shall be short body of ductile or cast iron with mechanical joint ends. (2) The butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with ductile or cast disc, non -rising stem type furnished with O-ring stem seals. (3) The butterfly valves shall be equipped with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise. (4) The butterfly valves shall be designed for direct burial installation. (5) All butterfly valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture on the valve bodies. D Water Service Pipe and Fittings Water service pipe of 3 inches or larger inside diameter shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings as set forth under the provisions of 2611.2A1, and Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe as set forth under the provisions of 2611.2A3, and Polyethylene pipe as set forth under the provision of 2611.2A4. Water service pipe.. of less. than 3 inches in inside. diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 for Seamless. Copper Water Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper, Polyethylene. Pipe as per AWWA C901 or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and fittings as per a ASTM D1785, D2241, D2466, D2467 and D2740 as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop service boxes shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800 be as detailed in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or approved designations. All fittings for copper tubing shall be cast brass, having uniformity in wall thickness and strength, and shall be free of defects affecting serviceability. All copper pipe fittings shall be flared or compression type. All threads for underground service line fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-800. Each fitting shall be permanently and plainly marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. Curb stop service boxes shall be gray iron castings conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 48 for Class 20 or higher tensile strength and shall have 18 inches of vertical adjustment for the cover depth specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. E Polyethylene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-105 for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 30 F. Restrained Joint Retainer Glands Where water main joint restraint is required by the use of retainer glands, the retainer glands shall be American, US Pipe or Mega -Lug type, ductile iron, and be designed to withstand the design pressures indicated -in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. All nuts, bolts, and tie rod type restraints shall be stainless steel or coated with an approved rustproofmg material. G Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an air -entrained mixture of one part Masonry Cement (Tyne n and two parts mortar sand, with sufficient water added to produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air -entraining agent added to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10 percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C270, H Concrete Concrete for cast -in -place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of Mn/DOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade. B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air -entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. 2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ' Installation of ductile iron water mains and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-600 Specifications, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Prestressed concrete cylinder pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C301 and C304. The installation shall be to the bedding and backfill conditions specified in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900. The installation shall be to the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Installation of Polyethylene Pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C906. The installation shall be to the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Installation of pipe and fittings shall also conform to the following general guidelines: 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 31 Al Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged material and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective. coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately.before:placement,the joint surfaces::of each pipe section and. fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters,. rough. edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench=excavation andbedding preparations shall�proceed ahead of pipeplacement�as will permit proper placement and joining of the pipe and fittings at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the ' inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench, and they shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The water main materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to provide uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be excavated as necessary to ' make the joint connections, but they shall be no larger than would be adequate to support the pipe throughout its length. No pipe material shall be laid in water nor when the trench or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitable or improper. When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open ends of ' each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for connection of an adjoining unit. , 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 32 t As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at least 12 inches above its top. Acceptable tamping techniques include hand tamping and use of hand operated mechanical tamping devices. At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, including noon hour and overnight periods, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the seals shall remain inplace until the trench is pumped completely dry. When connecting to existing stubs, the Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to prevent dirt or debris from entering the existing lines. All necessary work to make the connection shall be done at no additional compensation, except where noted otherwise. A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe The cuttingof pipe for inserting valves fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and pp g � g� workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square -cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical cutters. The electric -arc cutting method, using - -carbon=.or_steel-rod; will be approved for use on -,larger. size, ductile<or�graypipe where mechanical cutters are not available. Flame cutting will not be allowed under any conditions. All rough edges shall bexemoved from the cut ends ofpipe and,,where rubber gasket, joints -are used; the. outer: edge shall be rounded -or beveled by grindings or -filing to produce a smooth fit. Wherever it is necessary to.deflect ductile iron pipe -from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontalplane,•to. avoid obstructions,. plumb stems, or produce, a long radius •curve,when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the allowable limits for maintaining a. satisfactory joint seal as given in AWWA C-600 for mechanical joints and puslron joints. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. If the specified alignment requires angular deflections greater than recommended or allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is not exceeded. Connection and assembly of joints shall be accomplished during the setting, aligning, and fitting operations, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2611.2D, to the extent that the jointing requirements will permit. A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices or tie rods, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. In the absence of other specified requirements for reaction backing or restraining devices, the following provisions shall apply: 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 33 (1) All horizontal bends exceeding 20 degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, and branch tees shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking. (2) All vertical bends exceeding 20 degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. i (3) Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. Hardwood blockingshall only be used as temporary reaction backing until acceptable nnanent ' Y p rY g p 1� reaction blocking or restraining devices have been installed. Blocking shall be nominal 2-inch timber having an area equivalent to at least four times the area of the surface of the cap or plug it , restrains. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete in conformance with M&MOT Specification Section 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be a minimum of 12 inches in thickness, and the minimum area, in square feet shall be as follows. PIPE SIZE TEE OR PLUG 1/4 BEND 1/8 BEND 1/32 BEND 1/16 BEND 6" 2.9 3.1 1.6 0.8 8" 3.7 5.3 2.9 1.4 10" 5.7 8.1 4.4 2.2 12" 8.1 13.4 6.6 3.2 1611 15.1 21.4 11.6 - 5.9 2011 23.2 30.2 18.1 9.3 2411 1 33.6 1 48.5 1 26.1 1 13.3 Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main size is reduced on the run from large to small size by use of reducers. All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be galvanized or coated with other approved asphaltic type rustproofmg. All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and washers, and all labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense with no direct compensation provided therefore. A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline Wherever so required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions, the pipeline, including valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in polyethylene film meeting the 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 34 requirements of these Specifications. The film shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe -shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers, off- sets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd -shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc. The polyethylene tubing shall be installed on the pipe prior to being lowered into the trench. Tubing length shall be sufficient to provide a minimum overlap at all joints of one foot or more. Overlap may be accomplished with a separate sleeve tube placed over one end of the pipe prior ' to connecting another section of pipe, or by bunching extra overlap material at the pipe ends in accordion fashion. After completing the pipe jointing and positioning the overlap material, the overlap shall be secured in place with plastic adhesive tape wrapped circumferentially around the pipe not less than three turns. After encasement, the circumferential slack in the tubing film shall be folded over at the top of the pipe to provide a snug fit along the barrel of the pipe. The fold shall beheld in place with plastic adhesive tape applied at intervals of approximately three feet along the pipe length. Also, any rips, punctures, or other damage to the tubing shall be repaired as they are detected. These repairs shall be made with adhesive tape and overlapping patches cut from sheet or tubing material. At odd -shaped appurtenances such as gate valves, the tubing shall overlap the joint and be secured with tape, after which the appurtenant piece shall be wrapped with a flat film sheet or split length of tubing by passing the sheet under the appurtenance and bringing it up around the body. Seams shall be made by bringing the edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Wherever encasement is terminated, it shall extend for at least two feet beyond the joint area. ' Openings in the tubing for branches, service taps, air valves and similar appurtenances shall be made by cutting an X-shaped slit and temporarily folding back the film. After installing the appurtenance, the cut tabs shall be secured with tape and the encasement shall be completed as necessary for an odd -shaped appurtenance. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants encased ' in polyethylene tubing shall have plugged drain outlets. B Connection and Assembly of Joints Where rubber gasketed joints are specified, care shall be taken during the laying and setting of piping materials to insure that the units being joined have the same nominal dimension of the spigot outside diameter and the socket inside diameter. A special adaptor shall be provided to make the connection when variations in nominal dimension might cause unsatisfactory joint sealing. Immediately before making the connection, the inside of the bell or socket and the outer surface of the spigot ends shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. Insertion of spigot ends into the socket or bell ends shall be accomplished in a manner that will assure proper centering and insertion to full depth. The joint seal and securing requirements shall be as prescribed below for the applicable pipe and joint type. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 35 Bl Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints Ductile iron pressure pipe and fitting joints shall conform to AWWA C-111. Bla Push -On Joints ' The circular rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end, or to both. Care shall be taken while inserting the spigot end to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the socket by the use of suitable pry -bar or jack type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. Field cut pipe shall be filed or ground at the spigot edge to resemble the manufacturer's fabricated , detailing. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment to force the pipe into the socket shall not be permitted. Blb Mechanical Joints The eight inches, of the outside spigot surface and the inside bell surface of each pipe and:, k appurtenancewjoint hall be -painted with a soap solution,+after being-thoroughlycleaned ."The gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of x e t placxment shall.:be painted::with soap solution and<be.placed..on.the spigot end with -the thick edge . toward the gland. An approved lubricant provided by the pipe manufacturer may be used in lieu of the soap solution. After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be . pressed into place within the bell evenly around the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened by means of a suitable torque -limiting wrench to within a foot-pound range of: 45 to 60 for 5/8 inch bolts; 75 to 90 for 3/4 inch bolts; 85 to 100 for 1 inch bolts; and 105 to 120'for 1-1/4 inch bolts. After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be completely coated with an approved asphaltic type rust preventive material. Blc Flanged Joints Flanged joints shall be installed only in above grade or exposed locations and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 Specifications, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Flanged joints shall have full face gaskets. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 36 B2 Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe Joints Unless otherwise indicated, all pipe and appurtenances shall be joined by means of the rubber gasketed bell and spigot connection in accordance with AWWA C301or C304 and with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer and the provisions hereof. All contact surfaces of the steel bell and spigot assembly shall be thoroughly lubricated with approved material before the connection is made. After the joint has been set in the home position, the outside joint recess shall be filled with cement grout, poured into place by means of a paper or cloth diaper. The grout shall contain at least one part Portland cement for each two parts of sand. Care shall be taken in pouring the grout to assure complete filling of the recess around the entire pipe circumference. B3 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints B3a Push -On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Installation of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push On Joints as set forth under the provisions of 2611.3131a B4 Polyethylene Pipe Joints Polyethylene pipea joints; shalltconform,to•the requirements of AWWA C-906, and shall be made by the Thermal Butt -Fusion Method. C Water Service Installations Water service facilities consisting of Tap Service Lines and Branch Service Lines, complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed as required by in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, in accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations together with the provisions hereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb stops shall be tied to definable land marks such as building corners, lot corner markers, etc. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked to the ground surface with a suitable wood timber 4 by 4 inch, 8 feet long set vertically into the ground with the top 2 feet painted blue. Approved record keeping forms will be furnished by the Engineer and the completed records shall be submitted by the Contractor upon completion of the work. Water service lines shall normally be installed by trenching and be subject to the same requirements as prescribed for the main pipeline installation, except for those which may not be pertinent or applicable. Where water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary service lines, installation shall be such as to maintain the minimum specified clearances between 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 37 ■ pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing for all pipes and appurtenances. For separate installation, the trench width shall be not less than two feet. Subject to minimum clearances, the water lines may be laid in a common trench excavated principally for sewer installation, either by widening the trench as necessary or by providing a shelf in the trench wall where ground stability will permit. When water service pipe is placed in a common trench with sewer service pipe, the sewer service pipe shall be constructed of materials and with joints equivalent to water main standards. Water service lines shall be installed to provide for the specified cover over the top of the pipe and with not lessthan 18 inches of clearance between pipelines. A minimum 3 inches of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer. C1 Tee Branch Service Lines Tee branch service piping shall be of the type, size, and wall thickness specified. The pipe and appurtenances shall have rubber gasketed push�on or mechanical joints. Tee branch service lines shall be provided as required by the Plans. Installation of tee branch service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations. C2 Tapped Service Lines Service piping shall be of the size and type specified. Unless otherwise specified, minimum pipe size .for.tap service installations shall be one inch nominal inside diameter. Larger size pipe may:, be specified for commercial and industrial uses. or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Installation of service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations, subject to the exceptions and supplementary provisions set forth hereinafter. Unless otherwise indicated, service piping may be laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of stones and hard lumps. However, when specified or ordered, aggregate materials shall be furnished and placed as necessary to secure proper foundation drainage, pipe covering, or backfill support. Tapped service piping of 3/4 inch to and including l-1/4 inches in diameter shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop. Service pipe of 1-1/2 inches in diameter and larger shall be furnished in standard roll lengths to eliminate any intermediate joints. When full roll lengths are less than the service length the rolls may be joined with approved couplings. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 38 Unless otherwise specified, connection of tapped service lines to the water main shall be made at an angle of not more than 22 degrees from the horizontal. A double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in the main. Expansion loops shall be directed downward or horizontal from the tap. Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight line at right angles to the water main or property line as directed by the Engineer. In the absence of specific requirements, the service line shall be terminated at the property line, where it shall be connected to an existing line or, in the case of undeveloped property, it shall be capped, plugged, or peened , as approved by the Engineer. The flaring of copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designed for the purpose. Tubing shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be made up without the use of jointing compounds. The service pipe P coupling � e and curb stop cou lin depth shall be such as to maintain not less than the specified minimum cover. The service box shall be connected to or centered over the curb stop and be firmly supported on•concrete blocking as required by the Plans, Specifications, and - Special-Rrovisions. Clearance. shall be, provided so the service box. -does, not rest,on the. water, pipe. Service boxes shall be installed plumb. The service boxes shall be brought to proper surface grade when the final ground surface has been established. D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials Valves, h -drants :fittin s,,anda ecials:,shall_be. rovided_and.installed.as re uired,b the�Plans Y g p p q Y Specifications, and Special Provisions, with the exact locations and setting as directed by the Engineer, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, reaction backing, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special ' Provisions, or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with 6- inch diameter ductile iron pipe, controlled by an independent valve. When a hydrant with an open drain outlet is set in clay or other impervious soil, a drainage pit of at least one cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant base and the pit shall be filled with Foundation Material to a level six inches above the drain outlet. Two layers of tar paper, or other material approved by the Engineer, shall be carefully placed over the rock to ' prevent backfill material from entering voids in the rock drain. Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet drain hole plugged or the drain tube cut off to prevent draining, and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use". 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 39 Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. Masonry valve pit structures, for valves with exposed gearing or operating mechanisms, shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and with the applicable provisions of these Specifications. Drainage blow -offs, air vents, and other special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and shall be equipped with suitable blow -off facilities. E Disinfection of Water Mains Before. being placed in service, the completed water main shall be disinfected. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C-651. After the final flushing the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Where an existing water main is cut for the installation of any fitting, the pipe and fittings proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior, to installation as follows: (1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign material. (2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a 1 percent minimum hypochlorite solution. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The flushing operations and the form of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. F Electrical Conductivity Test The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all iron pipe water mains to establish that electrical thawing may be carried out in the future The system (pipeline, valves, fittings and hydrants) shall be tested for electrical continuity and current capacity. The electrical test shall be made after the hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal operating pressure. Backfilling shall have been completed. The line maybe tested in sections of convenient length as approved by the Engineer. Direct current of 350 amperes + 10%, shall be passed through the pipeline for 5 minutes. Current flow through the pipe shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the 5-minute test period. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 40 Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by large fluctuation of the ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective contact in the pipeline. The cause shall be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the section in which the defective test occurred shall be retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. Sources of Direct Current for these tests may be motor generators, batteries, arc welding machines, etc. Direct Current arc welding machines will probably be the usual source. These machines are available in adequate capacity for these tests and are equipped with controls for regulating the current output. All such equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Engineer. Cables from the power source to the section of system under test should be of sufficient size to carry the test current without overheating or excessive voltage drop. Usable sizes will probably tbe in the range of 2/0 to 4/0 A.W.G. Connections for the test shall be made at hydrants. The hydrants shall be in the open position iwith the caps on during the test. The cable shall be clamped to the body of the hydrant. Note: After the test the hydrant shall be shut off and a cap loosened to allow hydrant drainage or the hydrant shall be pumped dry. Tighten cap after drainage. - In using arc welding machines, the current control should be set at minimum before starting. ' After starting the machines, advance the control until the current indicated on the ammeter is at the.desired.testvalue: Caution In.case.of open circuits.at joints or connections, -the voltage across the defective joint or connection will be in order of 50-100 volts. G Hydrostatic Testing of Water Vlans - After the pipe has been laid, including fittings and valves and blocking, all newly- laid 'pipe or any valved section thereof, unless directed otherwise by Engineer, ineer, shall be subject to g hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be at least two hours. Each section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to expel air or to fill the water main shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor and shall be 3/4 inch and shall include an approved service saddle when required. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be connected to the main at a service tap or special tap location. ' The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of 4 1/2 inches with 1 psi increments. The hydrostatic test, pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of 2 psi during the last hour of the two hour pressure test. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 41 If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. , Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the Contractor has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the Engineer, may the , Contractor request in writing and the Engineer consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the Contractor to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test, for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. When allowed, the leakage test shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C-600 Section g p , 4.1.5, 4.1.6 and the line will be accepted as per Section 4.1.7. H Operational Inspection ' P P At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered;. ' and that water is available: at all :curb ..stops. 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according .to design designation as indicated in the -Pay. Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. _ Pipe: will generally :be -designated by -size (inside• diameter, or span), strength class, kind -or types and laying condition. Payment shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any item covered by a separate pay item. Lineal measurement of piping will include the running length of any. special fittings (tees, wyes, bends, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size will be measured separately by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. Terminal points of measure will be the spigot or cut end, base of hub or bell end, center of valves or hydrants, intersecting centers of tee or wye branch service connections, and center of corporation stop or curb stop couplings. B Valves Valves of each size and type will be measured separately as complete units, including the required manhole or valve box setting. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 42 C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the water main tap and saddle. D Curb Stops Curb stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the required curb box. E Hydrants Hydrants will be measured by the number of units installed. F Air Vents Air vents of each type and size will be measured separately by the number of complete units installed, including the required manhole or valve box setting. G Rearrangement of Inplace Facilities The removal, relocation, extension, or adjustment of existing inplace facilities will be measured, as indicated in the Proposal. H Polyethylene Encasement Polyethylene encasement -of i will be measured -b -the- linear foot of pipe. encased of each p� -by -the- size. I Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings shall be measured by the pound without joint accessories or on an each basis as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. The standard weight of Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in AW WA C-110. J Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene fittings shall be measured on an each basis as specified and shown on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. K Access Structures Access structures, such as valve boxes, service boxes, manholes and vaults, will be measured for payment only when and to the extent that the Proposal contains specific items therefore. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 43 Otherwise, the required structures are included for payment as part of the pipe appurtenance (Gate Valve, Curb Stop, Air Vent, etc.) item which is served. When applicable, measurement will be by the number of individual units installed of each type and design. 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ' Payment for construction of water distribution facilities will be made as detailed in the method of measurement and as shown on the Bid Proposal or detailed in the Special Provisions. Payment shall include all costs of furnishing and installing the complete facility as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Payment shall be made for Water Main Pipe, Service Pipe, and Tapped Service Pipe, of each size and kind at the appropriate Contract prices per linear foot installed All costs of pipeline disinfection, leakage testing, pipe jointing materials, dead end plugs and caps, making connections to existing facilities, blocking and anchorage materials, and other work necessary for proper installation of pipe as specified shall be included for payment as part of the pipe item, without any direct compensation being made therefore unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Payment shall be made for Valves, Corporation Stops, Curb Stops, Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethylene Encasement; Insulation; androther specially identified appurtenant items, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure for each size and type or kind installed. Access structures such as Valve Boxes, Service Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults will be paid for as separate items: only. whenseparate pay items are included on the, Proposal. Payment for rearrangement of inplace facilities or vertical offset of proposed facilities shall be made under specially named items at the appropriate Contractprices per unit of measure and shall be compensation in full for all costs of performing the work as specified. All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made therefore, unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. When special aggregate backfill materials are required to be furnished and placed to comply with the indicated Laying Conditions, the costs thereof shall be included for payment as part of the pipe items without any direct compensation therefore. In the absence of special payment provisions, all costs of repairing, replacing, or otherwise restoring surface improvements as required by the Contract shall be included for payment as part of other Contract items without any direct compensation being made therefore. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 44 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2621 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARYSEWER AND STORMSEWER INSTALLATION 2621.1 Description...............................................................................................42 2621.2 Materials.................................................................... ..43 Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials ................................... .....................44 Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ............................................ .....................44 A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings ...44 A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings ...................... ........ .....................45 A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings ... ............... .. ......... ....... . .45 A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings.......................:................................45 A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe...................................................................................46 A7 Acrylorutrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe........................................................46 A8 Dual Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe................................................46 B Metal Sewer Castings...............................................................................46 C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin................................................47 DConcrete..................................................................................................47 1 E Mortar ........................................................... ...47 2621.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................48 A Installation of Pipe and Fittings.................................................................48 Al Inspection and Handling......................................................................48 A2Pie Laying Operations ........................................... .............................48 A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints ................ ........................... ,...........49 A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends................................................................50 BAppurtenance Installations.............................................................................50 - C Sewer Service Installations......................................................................50 D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures .......................................................52 EReconnecting Existing Facilities ..................................................................53 F Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing .................................................................... .....0 .. ..... .....53 1 FI Air Test Method ................................................. .53 F2 Hydrostatic Test Method ..... ...... ....... ........ .............. ......55 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 40 F3Test Failure and Remedy................................................................... .........56 GDeflection Test......................................................... ..... ... ..........56 HTelevising............................................................................ 2621.4 Method of Measurement .........................................................................56 ASewer Pipe ......................................................... ....... .....57 BManholes . ....... ................................................. ...... ...... ..........57 C Catch Basins . ................................................................ .....................57 D Outside Drop Conmection.................................. ..57 E Service Connection..................................................................................58 F Service Pipe ....................................................... ............... ....58 G Special Pipe Fittings .................................... ............. ..58 H Appurtenant Items................................ ....................................... .....58 2621.5 Basis of Payment.......................................................................................58 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 41 2621 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION 2621.1 DESCRIPTION ' This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated i pP gP pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. Use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to Mn/DOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction as modified by any Mn/DOT Supplemental Specifications issued before the date of advertisement forbids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: AASHTO M198 Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight Gaskets AASHTO M294 Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300-to 1200-mm Diameter ASTM A48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A74 Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM C76 Specification for Reinforced Concrete e Pi p p ASTM C270 Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C361 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe ASTM C425 Specification for Compression Joints for VCP and Fitt' p p Fittings ASTM C443 Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C478 Specification for Precast ReinforcedConcrete Manhole ASTM D543 Test Method for Resistence of Plastic to Chemicals ASTM C564 Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe, Fittings p p g 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 42 ASTM C700 Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe ASTM D2321 Recommended Practice for Installation of Flexible Thermo -plastic Sewer Pipe ASTM D2751 Specification for ABS Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Specification .for PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3212 Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible p g Elastomeric Seals ASTM F679 Specification for Large -Diameter PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F949 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated. Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings AWWA C104 American National Standard for Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water AWWA C110 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids AWWA C111 American National Standard for Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA Cl 15 American National Standard for Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe With Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C150 American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe a AWWA C151 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Case, for Water or Other Liquids AWWA C153 American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In. (76 mm Through 610 mm) and 54 In. Through 64 In. (1,400 mm Through 1,600 mm), for Water Service 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 43 All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in with the specifications. A Sewer Pipe and Service. Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and service line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be products specifically manufactured for this purpose and subject to approval by the Engineer. Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM M-65 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings shall be non -perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. (2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell -and -spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425. (3) In lieu of the bell -and -spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-425, Type B. (4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. (5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of AASHTO 52;65 may be accepted by prior approval of the Engineer. A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. 1999 Standard Utilities. Specifications Page 44 Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 OR 153 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings or Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C- 76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with rubber O-ring or profile joints for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2) Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361. (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified. When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or concrete lining as required. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ■ ASTM D•3034 and ASTM F-679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D-543. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be..SDR 35 and connections shall be push -on with elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to fe inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 45 Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push -on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D-3212. A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe + Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron soil pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A 74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push -on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets, meeting the requirements of ASTM C-564. A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-2751 for 4 inch and 6 inch diameter and shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. AS Dual -Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Dual Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M-294 and Design 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges for storm sewer pipe sizes 12-inch through 36-inch. Joints shall be water -tight unless the engineer approves a soil -tight joint. Pipe manufacture, water -tight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current Mn/DOT requirements and/or as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal -castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, ,catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. 2 Lid -to -frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true O g bearing around the entire circumference. 3 Casting weight shall be not less than 95 percent of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact () g g p g dimensions, based on 442 pounds per cubic foot. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 46 (4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes in areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have self-sealing lids and recessed pick holes. (6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole lids shall have recessed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C-478, Mn/DOT 2506 and the following supplementary provisions: (1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "0" ring or profile joints provided on sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any watertight connection arrangement that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. (3) Air -entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of 5 to 7 percent. (4) A Certificate. of Compliance shall be furnished with; each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5) Lift ho les will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Concrete Concrete for cast -in -place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 2461 for the mix designation indicated in the Plans. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3 (air -entrained) concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. E Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an air -entrained mixture of one part Masonry cement, Type S, and two parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air -entraining agent added to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10 percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-270. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 47 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of s Pipe and Fittings g Al Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective ' actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without - unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to provide uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be excavated as necessary to make the joint connections, but they shall be no larger than would be adequate to support the pipe throughout its length. No pipe material shall be laid in water nor when the trench or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitable or improper. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 48 i I When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate, in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for connection of an adjoining unit. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by"tamping around the pipe to a height of at least 12 inches above the top with hand operated mechanical tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil from entering the joint space, until the joint seal is effected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment deflections at joints shall not exceed that which will assure tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of thermoplastic pipe shall conform to ASTM D-2321. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard drawings. All joints shall be sealed as follows, subject to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize as being an acceptable alternative: (1) Concrete pipe and fitting joints - compression type rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361 or AASHTO M-198 for circular pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the case of norrcircular pipe sections. (2) PVC pipe, and ABS solid wall pipe and fittings assembled gasket seal joints. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 49 n (3) Corrugated smooth wall PVC and corrugated -double wall HDPE pipe and fittings- assembled push -on gasketed joints shall pass performance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds shall not be permitted. (4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings - factory fabricated compression seals or compression type couplings. (5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings - sealed with approved type compression seals. A4 Bulkheadine Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings of 24 inches in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than 24 inches in diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of ' eight inches. Bulkheads installed for temporary service during construction may be constructed with two- inch timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. B Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three sections tied. Two tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three joints, one on each side of top center at the 60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: 1/2 inch for 12" to and including 2 1 " pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including 54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. C Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be,installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer serefila connections and pipe 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 50 I lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. The Engineer, vdth the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations or providing an insert type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or required in lieu of the built- in fitting. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than 1.5 feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by. means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch in four feet for sanitary service lines and one inch in eight feet for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one-half pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation -and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed 22- 1l2 degrees witbout approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 inch wooden timber 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top 2 feet painted green: Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches and as maybe shown in the standard drawings. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 51 I I I I II Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built- in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than 24 inches, the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a precast or cast -in -place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two and not more thari six standard two-inch precast concrete adjusting rings or as shown on the plan immediately below the casting assembly. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin grate elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain the required dip below normal gutter grade. as shown on the plans. Concrete cast -in -place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar. and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast -in place concrete. Any combination of cast -in place concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 52 All annular wall space surrounding the inplace storm sewer pipes shall be completely filled with mortar or concrete, and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow through invert troughs as directed. E Reconnecting Existing Facilities Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. F Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. If the ground water level is greater than three feet above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test: All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefor, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. F1 Air Test Method The pipeline shall be sealed with plug whose sealing length is greater than the diameter of the pipe and constructed in such a nature that it will not require external blocking or bracing and maintains seal against the line's test pressure. All wyes, tees, outlets or ends of lateral streets shall be suitably capped and braced to withstand the internal pressures. Such caps or plugs shall be easily removable. One plug shall be tapped for the air supply hose and the return air pressure hose. The air supply hose, connected from the compressor to the plug shall be a throttling valve, bleeding valve and shut off valve for control The air pressure tap shall have a sensitive pressure gauge, 0 to 10 psi range, protected by a gauge cock and a pressure relief valve set at 10 psi. In performing the test, air is added slowly to the pipeline until pressure inside the pipeline reaches 4.0 psi. If air is added too rapidly, the test accuracy will decrease because a change in temperature also has an effect on the change in pressure. When the air nressure inside the pipeline reaches 4.0 psig above external hydrostatic pressure, the supp air is stopped. A minimum two -minute time interval is allowed for the temperature difference to stabilize before 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 53 the actual test is performed. If the air pressure drops below 3.5 psig during this time interval, more air will be supplied to the pipeline and throttled to maintain a pressurebetween3.5 psig and 4.0 psig for a minimum of two minutes after which time the supply air will be shut off. The portion of line being;tested shall be accepted if the portion under test does not lose air at a rate greater than 0.0015 cfm per square foot (for PVC) or 0.003 cfm per square foot (for RCP) per internal pipe end area at an average pressure of 3.0 psig greater than any back pressure exerted by groundwater that'may be over the pipe at the time of test. The test shall be accomplished by determining the time in minutes for the pressure to decrease from 3.5 psig to 3.0 psig greater than the average groundwater that may be over the pipe. That time shall not be less than the time shown on the given diameter in the following table: l Pipe Diameter in Inches Minutes for PVC RCP 4 1.9 1.0 6 2.8 1.4 8 3.8 1.9 10 4.7 2.4 12 5.7 2.9 15 7.1 3.4 18 8.5 4.3 21 9.9 5.0 24 11.3 5.7 If the pipeline fails to meet the requirements of the test, the Contractor shall, at their own expense, determine the source of leakage and then repair or replace all defective material and/or workmanship. In determining the pressure greater than the average groundwater, the groundwater height in feet above the pipeline must be measured. When the water elevation has been established, the height in feet above the pipeline shall be divided by 2.31 and that pressure added to gauge pressure of test. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 54 1 A table for converting water height to gauge pressure is as follows: Groundwater Level over, Top of Pipline Added Pressure.to be Applied to Gauge pressure Readings PSIG FEET 1 0.43 2 0.86 3 1.29 4 1.72 5 2.16 6 2.59 7 3.01 8 3.44 9 3.87 F2 Hydrostatic Test Method After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet above the invert elevation of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet above the existing water table. The water head shall be maintained for a period of one hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the one hour test period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 Feet of Pipe) given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter. Main Sewer Diameter Maximum Allowable Loss* (In Inches) (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet) 6 0.5 8 0.6 10 0.8 12 1 15 1.2 18 1.4 21 1.7 24 & Larger 1.9 * Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diame ter Inch,Per Mile 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 55 If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test action section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the section will be accepted as passing the test. F3 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on an test section testing shall be continued until all leakage has Y � $ g been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. G Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for 30 days. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or nine -point mandrel (Mn/DOT Technical Memorandum 98-24-B-01 or latest revision) through the pipe without the aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95% of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five_ percent of the pipe's internal diameter. The line will be considered acceptable if the mandrel can progress through the line without binding. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made therefor, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials required. GI Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. -H Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifications and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 56 P g 1 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Complete -in -place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe i Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete - in -place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch -basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete -in -place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than 5.0 feet measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the 5.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete -in -place, including granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping details as required, including two holes into existing manholes for the drop cone 'lion, but excluding any 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 57 excess vertical drop greater than 2.0 feet measured between invert of high pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet. Excess drop connection depth will be measured by the linear foot difference in vertical drop between the 2.0 feet alto -,wed as standard and the actual increased vertical drop as constructed. E Service Connection Service Connections of each designwill be measured by number of each constructed complete - in -place as specified. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting: G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete -in -place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required to be installed as a component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete -in -place as specified. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer pipe and service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete -in -place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improvements, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may - be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances. or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. Payment for manhole, catch basin outside drop connection service con nection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of constructing each unit complete -in -place as specified, including all required castings, specia l fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be desiated for payment under 1• other Contract Items. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 58 1 Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately as linear footage items and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete -in place structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.) Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are not included as a component .part of any complete- in -place structure. 1999 Standard Utilities Specifications Page 59 Z z i N 1,21X8" GALVANIZED BOLTS WITH CUT WASHERS (CARRIAGE. HEX. OR SO.) „ „ 2� 4-T Z Z f GROUND NOTE: THE BARRICADE BOARD FACE SURFACES SHALL BE FULLY REFLECTORIZED IN ALTERNATE SILVER -WHITE AND RED STRIPING. USING A REFLECTIVE SHEETING .CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SPEC 335.2A2a. STANDARD NO 1. PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE REFLECTIVE SHEETING. THE BARRICADE BOARDS SHALL BE GIVEN A COMPLETE COATING OF WHITE WOOD PRIMER PAINT CONFORMING TO SPEC 3513, FOLLOWED BY A SECOND COAT OF WHITE GUARD RAIL PAINT CONFORMING TO SPEC 3533 APPLIED ONLY TO THE SURFACES NOT COVERED WITH REFLECTIVE SHEETING. THE BARRICADE BOARDS SHALL BE COMPLETELY PAINTED AND REFLECTORIZED SHEETING APPLIED BEFORE BEING INSTALLED ON THE POSTS. THE PLACEMENT OF THE BARRICADE SHALL BE 10'-0" FROM THE END OF THE BITUMINOUS ROAD WITH THE BARRICADE CENTERED ON THE ROADWAY FACING THE FLOW OF TRAFFIC. PERMANENT ALBERTVILLE, BARRICADE MINNESOTA GEN-4 (n N > 0.5Bc N W Bc+12 3 "Bc" DENOTES OUTSIDE MIN DIAMETER OF PIPE Ir , Bc/4 BUT LESS THAN 6" Bc+12" "Bc "DENOTES OUTSIDE MIN DIAMETER OF PIPE COMPACTED BACKFILL —2000# CONCRETE �JAD FACTOR 2.3 CLASS A CONCRETE BACKFILL TO 0.5 OF OUTSIDE DIAMETER WITH SHAPED BEDDING. COMPACTED BACKFILL COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE, MNDOT SPEC 3149H MOD LOAD FACTOR 1.9 CLASS B HAND SHAPED FROM ANGULAR BEDDING MATERIAL. COMPACTED BACKFILL 5Bc-7--71:77 LOAD FACTOR 1.5 CLASS C-1 "Bc" DENOTES OUTSIDE Bc+12" HAND SHAPED FROM FIRM DIAMETER OF PIPE MIN UNDISTURBED SOIL. Ell COMPACTED BACKFILL COARSE FILTER AGG MND.OT SPEC 3149H MOD Bc/4 BUT LESS 0.5Bc - -" THAN 6" . LOAD FACTOR1.5 Bc+12" CLASS C-2 "Bc" DENOTES OUTSIDE MIN HAND SHAPED FROM ANGULAR DIAMETER OF PIPE BEDDING MATERIAL BEDDING METHODS FOR RCP OR DIP ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA GEN-7 .................... - COMPACTED 6„ IIII� -T�_ BACKF I LL :0'.5: $c -III- GRANULAR BORROW III.II MNDOT SPEC 6 �=1TI� liil I rl- 31 4 9 A MOD Bc+12' "Bc" DENOTES OUTSIDE MIN DIAMETER OF PIPE PIPE FOUNDATION & BEDDING IN GOOD SOILS .1 1 2" M I N—k4 I-� 12 " M I N �— 6" PAY DEPTH INCREMENTS (TYP) COMPACTED BACKFILL COARSE FILTER AGGR. MNDOT SPEC 3149H MOD FOUNDATION "Bc" DENOTES OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE PIPE FOUNDATION & BEDDING IN POOR SOILS BEDDING METHODS FOR PVC ALBERTVILLE. MINNESOTA GEN-8 3 WIRE OR TWINE BALES PLACED ON EDGE, BUTTED TIGHT. A. A TWO REBAR OR 2"X2" STAKES PER POINT A MUST BE HIGHER BALE, DRIVEN IN GROUND 10" MIN. THAN POINT B SECTION THRU DITCH BACKFILL & COMPACT THE EXCAVATED SOIL 3„ FLOW STAKE SECTION STRAW BALE DITCH CHECK TORM SEWER INLET ANCHOR WITH TWO REBAR OR 2"X2" STAKES PER BALE, DRIVEN IN GROUND 10" MIN. STORM SEWER INLET PROTECTION BALE CHECK ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA GEN-9 M N O i a Ln fn � / > > W N d O 3 HARD SURFACE PUBLIC ROAD 50' MINIMUM 1" - 2" WASHED ROCK 6" MINIMUM AS -REQUIRED SUBCUT EXISTING MATERIAL 6" ' POOR MATERIAL SUBCUT 1' MIN. TEMPORARY ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA GEN-13 r_ 11 n v r V) w a as 4.4 as .Q PLAN 27'/ GROUT BOTTOM OF MANHOLE TO 1/2 DIAMETER OF PIPE AND SLOPE GROUT 2" TOWARD INVERT MANHOLE STEPS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT OFFSET VERTICAL PORTION OF CONE IS FACING DOWNSTREAM SELF—SEALING MANHOLE COVER & FRAME— NEENAH R-1642 OR APPROVED EQUAL. LETTERED "SANITARY SEWER" WITH 2 CONCEALED PICK HOLES MINIMUM OF 2 MAXIMUM OF 4 CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT RINGS ALLOWED, WITH INTERNAL MANHOLE CHIMNEY SEAL o CAST IRON ADJUSTMENT RINGS °.a SHALL BE USED FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT. MANHOLE STEPS, 16" ON CENTER. ALUM. OR COPOLYMER POLY PLASTIC STEPS aQ ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE TO HAVE "0/' o RING RUBBER GASKETS NOTE: ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING °a MANHOLE WILL BE. CORE CUT WITH I GASKET, NO JACK"HAMMER ALLOWED 4 —0o PIPE SHALL BE CUT OUT FLUSH WITH °c INSIDE FACE OF WALL NOTE: KOR—N—SEAL MANHOLE OR EQUAL ° CONSIDERED ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE SECTION ALL DOG HOUSES SHALL BE GROUTED ON INSIDE WITH MASONRY CEMENT. P RTLAND CEMENT UNACCEPTABLE. COMPACT TO TOP OF MANHOLE STRUCTURE BY JUMPING TAMPER. MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS, 6// FOR 14' DEPTH. INCREASE THICKNESS 1 " FOR EACH 4' OF DEPTH GREATER THAN 14'9 AND REINFORCE WITH 6"X6" 10/10 MESH SANITARY SEWER•MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA I I I /_-\HjD5FFFW7j SAN-1 N O N / o Ln a C-1 o w N � 4) W a O / n n 11 11 11 U a w � a a > a PLAN a.. a� G a. UHUU I bU I I UM OF MANHOLE TO '/2 DIAMETER OF PIPE AND SLOPE GROUT 2" TOWARD INVERT `-MANHOLE STEPS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT OFFSET VERTICAL PORTION OF CONE IS FACING DOWNSTREAM SELF—SEALING MANHOLE COVER & FRAME— NEENAH R-1642 OR APPROVED EQUAL. LETTERED "SANITARY SEWER" WITH 2 CONCEALED PICK HOLES h /MINIMUM OF 2 MAXIMUM OF 4 CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT RINGS ALLOWED, WITH c a SECTION INTERNAL MANHOLE CHIMNEY SEAL CAST IRON ADJUSTMENT RINGS SHALL BE USED FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT: MANHOLE STEPS, 16" ON CENTER. ALUM. OR COPOLYMER POLY PLASTIC STEPS ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE TO HAVE "O" RING RUBBER GASKETS NOTE: ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MANHOLE WILL BE CORE CUT WITH GASKET, NO JACK HAMMER ALLOWED PIPE SHALL BE CUT OUT FLUSH WITH INSIDE FACE OF WALL NOTE: KOR—N—SEAL MANHOLE OR EQUAL CONSIDERED ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE ALL DOG HOUSES SHALL BE GROUTED ON INSIDE WITH MASONRY CEMENT. PORTLAND CEMENT UNACCEPTABLE. V COMPACT TO TOP OF MANHOLE STRUCTURE BY JUMPING TAMPER. MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS, 6" FOR 14' DEPTH. INCREASE THICKNESS 1" FOR EACH 4' OF DEPTH GREATER THAN 14', AND REINFORCE WITH 6 "X6" 1 0/1 0 MESH SANITARY SEWER JUNCTION MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA ' I-lIIb a 300 i I I I I Me . ►. ol .� .. :o 3 " MIN : - ? ,, •, 1 1: , M I N / > A A o I 1 i �• � �• 1 � �•.� 3„ MIN FILL WITH 2O00 LBS ��• ;; „••; CONCRETE MORTAR AROUND ;; N STEP ALL SIDES OF PIPE PLAN DIP LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO BRIDGE ' BETWEEN DROP SECTION AND VIRGIN REPACK W/ NON — SOIL. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SHRINKING SAME AS FOR MAIN LINE. MORTAR (NON— FERROUS) t� t4 i, 4 a DIP TEE, a MIN SLAB THICKNESS, 6FILL " W/ FOR 14' DEPTH. c _ '.•oi CONC o Pa i a INCREASE 'ALLcc MORTAR — _ . THICKNESS .a.. — SIDES o � a 1 �' FOR EACH FIRMLY as i ► w 4 OF DEPTH .•oi OF PIPE '— COMPACTED 0 .c GREATER be i BACKFILL _ .a 6�� DIP a THAN 14 , o ' NATIVE SOIL a AND REINFORCE °. d of 6" DIP N� WITH 6"X6" 7-1 /2"' RADIUS PRE —CAST — ° '� ELBOW 1 0/10 MESH M. HORSESHOE ' -- —°. POURED CONCRETE BASE °a °:a :° 4:4 :°' °. 4a ' TO EXTEND UNDER DROP ° .° .°. C9_-4i SECTION (3000 PSI) 11 UNDISTURBED SOIL INVERT -OF ELBOW TO BE 2"-3" HIGHER THAN MAIN LINE INVERT SECT A -A SANITARY SEWER DROP INLET MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA FEN'llb.0 r 007i1111nc . ► •. a o C\i _ ECCENTRIC 0 o S " DE OF diANHOL ~ O W Eel 4-1 " DIA HOLES I MANHOLE FRAME EVENLY SPACED PLAN VIEW TOP COVER REMOVED i 4" RAMNEK OR EQUIVALENT �° D . ,--, 2„ WASHERi/B'T 2"OD,3/4"1D rf-fl 2 REQ/ - BOL T �5/8" GALVANIZED BOLT 8" LONG 5 TIE DOWN DETAIL 3/4' EYE BOLT W/ 1" DIA EYE THREADED INSERT TO ACCEPT A 3/4' DIA BOLT, 4 REQ. MANHOLE CONE REINFORCING .,,,,—SELF SEALING NEENAH R-1755G FRAME AND COVER OR EQUAL, LETTERED."SANITARY SEWER" WITH 2 CONCEALED PICK HOLES RAMNEK OR EQUIVALENT MANHOLE STEPS, 16" ON CENTER. COPOLYMER POLY PLASTIC STEPS APPROVED "0" — RING GASKET ECCENTRIC HEAVY DUTY WATERTIGHT MANHOLE HEAVY DUTY WATERTIGHT CASTING FOR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE� MINNESOTA SAN-5 )LE d -IN—GASKET K" CONNECTOR _'CEPTED ''A-LOK'' CONNECTOR (CAST IN GASKET) OR ACCEPTED EQUAL PIPE TO NEW MANHOLE CONNECTION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 0 THE CITY WILL CHARGE (FILL) NEWLY CONSTRUCTED WATERMAIN INITIALLY. THEREAFTER, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THEIR OWN WATER SUPPLY WHILE TAPPING & FLUSHING SERVICES AND TESTING. THE JOINT POWERS WATER BOARD ISSUES HYDRANT USAGE PERMITS AND METERS THROUGH THEIR ST. MICHAEL OFF.I CE . PHONE: 763 . 497. 361 1 EXISTING GATE. VALVE ONLY DONE BY THE Cl FLUSHING IS AUTHORI BY CITY PERSONNEL, OPERATION IS TY PERSONNEL. ALL ZED AND WITNESSED WATER MAIN OPERATION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA WAT-1 11 1 0 1 1 7 n 11 0 -o o WATER DROP LID Lo TYLER NO 6860 i .. MUELLER NO H-10361 N u BIBBY-STE-CROIX > > -- NO B-5160 w 0 m 3 VALVE REQUIRED EVERY 600' ON LATERALS VALVE REQUIRED EVERY 1000' ON TRUNKS VALVE REQUIRED ON EVERY SERVICE BITUMASTIC ANTI -CORROSIVE COATING REQUIRED ON ALL BARE METALS (AEROSOL SPRAY IS NOT ACCEPTABLE) 7.5' MINIMUM COVER REQUIRED OVER TOP OF WATER MAIN "MEGALUG" JOINT RESTRAINTS OR ACCEPTED EQUAL REQUIRED FROM VALVE TO TEE TOP TYLER NO 6860-26" — MUELLER NO H-10361-26 BIBBY-STE-CROIX NO VB502-27" EXTENSION. TYLER NO 58-14" NO 59-18" NO 60-24" MUELLER NO 58-14" NO 59-20" BIBBY-STE-CROIX V6520 NO 57-9" VB521 NO 58-14" V6522 NO 59-20" VS523 NO 60-26 BOTTOM TYLER NO 6860-65" MUELLER NO H-10361-65" BIBBY-STE-CROIX NO VB516-60" 3' �BASE 1 /2 CY OF 1-1/2" ROCK. COVER WITH 2 LAYERS OF POLYETHYLENE OVER BONNET. ,J GRADE ADJUST TOP TO 1,2" BELOW GRADE. BOX TO BE SET TO PROVIDE 12" OF ADJUSTMENT TYLER NO 6860 MUELLER NO H-10357 BIBBY—STE—CROIX B-5001. GATE VALVE BOX. SCREW TYPE, 3 PIECE. 5 1,4' SHAFT. SIZE G BOX. 7'-6" EXTENDED. #6 ROUND BASE GATE VALVES. (2" TO 12" WATER MAIN) RESILIANT WEDGE VALVE CONFORMING TO AWWA C509-80 STANDARDS W/ S.S. BOLTS 0 CC O ( of �C Oo txn� 7rna► J le, ji�ijji s 8" CONCRETE BLOCK GATE VALVE AND BOX INSTALLATION ALBERTVILLE. MINNESOTA IA\tib cN02111mc L N 0 o c w o W > W 0 3 ' WRAP T WIRE o MARKER POLY WRAP BARREL JUST ABOVE WEEP HOLES TO TRAFFIC FLANGE. — "HYDRA —FINDER" MARKER WITH EPDXY COATED FLEX SPRING HYDRANT SHALL BE WATEROUS PACER WB-67-250 WITH THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS. 8-0' BURY. 16" TRAFFIC BREAK OFF SECTION DUCTILE IRON WEATHER SHIELD #5 NWC (NUT WITH CHAIN) ( 2 ) 2-1/2" HOSE & (1) 4-1/2" STEAMER CONNECTION DDT 40524 EPDXY COATED BASE, MECHANICALLY ATTACHED NOZZLES. UPPER AND LOWER VALVE WASHERS 304 SS BOLTS BELOW GRADE, BRONZE CROSS —ARM, PAINTED RED WITH MARKER. OPEN TO THE LEFT ISOLATION VALVE TO BE RESILIENT WEDGE CONFORMING TO AWWA C509-80 STANDARDS., TIE HYDRANT TO VALVE AND VALVE TO WATER MAIN WITH "MEGALUG" JOINT RESTRAINTS OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. EACH HYDRANT TO BE CHECKED FOR OIL (& FILLED AS NECESSARY) FINE GRADE AROUND HYDRANTS AFTER CURB AND LEAVE VALVE BOX COVERS 2" BELOW GRADE Do 0' 0 8". CONCRETE BLOCK 1-1/2" CY OF 1-1/2" ROCK. 2 LAYERS OF POLYETHYLENE COVER WITH VALVE AND HYDRANT INSTALLATION ALBERTVILLE..MINNESOTA WAT-3 WATER DROP L I D 0 o TYLER NO 6850 OR 6860 MUELLER NO H-10361 o BIBBY-STE-CROIX -- NO B-5160 , w a 3 TOP TYLER NO 6850-26" --� MUELLER NO H-10361-26" BIBBY-STE-CROIX NO VB502-27" EXTENSION TYLER NO 58-14" NO 59-18" NO 60-24" MUELLER NO 58-14" NO 59-20" BIBBY-STE-CROIX VB520 NO 57-9" VB521 NO 58-14" VB522 NO 59-20" VB523 NO 60-26" BOTTOM TYLER NO 6850-65" MUELLER NO H-10361-65" BIBBY-STE-CROIX NO VB516-60" BASE /7--- BITUMASTIC ANTI -CORROSIVE COATING REQUIRED ON ALL BARE METALS (AEROSOL SPRAY IS NOT ACCEPTABLE) 7.5' MINIMUM COVER REQUIRED OVER TOP OF.WATER MAIN RESTRAIN PER WAT-4 ADJUST TOP TO 1.,2" BELOW GRADE. BOX TO BE SET TO PROVIDE 12" OF ADJUSTMENT TYLER NO 6850 MUELLER NO H-10357 BIBBY-STE-CROIX . B-5001. GATE VALVE BOX, SCREW TYPE, 3 P I ECE. 5 '.,4" SHAFT. SIZE G BOX. 7'-6" EXTENDED. BUTTERFLY VALVES .SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C504 BUTTERFLY VALVES ( 14 " OR LARGER ) DRESSER 450, PRATT GROUNDHOG, M.H. KEYSTONE C504, OR ACCEPTED EQUAL 1 /2 CY OF 1-1 /2" ROCK COVER—/ 8" CONCRETE BLOCK END WITH 2 LAYERS OF, POLYETHYLENE VIEW OVER BONNET. BUTTERFLY VALVE AND BOX INSTALLATION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA WAT-4 77 L 71 L:L AJJ I h I UA I I UN Ur F' I PE WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 6"-10" DIAMETER -C900 12"AND GREATER -C900 TRACER WIRE TRACER WI E:" SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG THE SOLID GAUGE. COPPER WITH PLASTIC COAT. WILL BE ALLOWED AS WELL AS 3M CAST KITS. MUST STAY INTACT AND CANNOT BE LOOPED UP OR SERVICES. SEPARATE SPLICE WIRES MUST PLASTIC FILM WRAP PIPE. THE WIRE SHALL BE A COPPER WIRE NUT SPLICES MAIN LINE TRACER WIRE VALVE BOXES, HYDRANTS. BE USED. WATER DISTRIBUTION FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED IN PLASTIC FILM. THE WRAP SHALL BE "TUBE" TYPE HAVING 8-MIL THICKNESS. A 2 INCH WIDE POLYETHYLENE ADHESIVE TAPE SHALL BE USED TO SECURE THE TUBE OF FILM TO THE PIPE. IF CORE -BLUE BOLTS ARE USED WITH EPDXY FITTINGS. THEN ONLY HYDRANTS, VALVE BOXES, AND BITUMASTIC COATED TIE RODS NEED TO BE POLY WRAPPED. THRUST RESTRAINT ALL WATER MAIN. VALVES, SERVICES, FITTINGS. STUBS. EXTENSIONS. BLIND FLANGES, AND PLUGS USED FOR RETAINING WATER PRESSURE MUST BE TIED WITH "MEGALUG" JOINT RESTRAINTS OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. BASED UPON A 150 PSI TEST PRESSURE AND 7.5' COVER. THE FOLLOWING SHOWS THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF PIPE EACH WAY OF A FITTING TO BE RESTRAINED. DEAD END PIPE TEE BRANCH DIAMETER OR 900BEND 450 BEND 22-1 /20 BEND 6" 23 LF 7 LF 0 LF 8" 30.LF 10 LF 2 LF loll 38 LF 12 LF 3 LF 12" 50 LF 14 LF 3 LF WHERE RESTRAINED JOINTS ARE REQUIRED AND THE PIPE IS IN A CASING NEAR THE FITTING TO BE RESTRAINED, THE LENGTH OF PIPE IN THE CASING SHALL NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE LENGTH OF PIPE NECESSARY TO DEVELOP SUFFICIENT SOIL FRICTION TO OVERCOME THRUST. ALL BARE METALS SHALL HAVE TWO COATS OF BITUMASTIC OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. (AEROSOL SPRAY IS NOT ACCEPTABLE) WATER MAIN DETAIL AND TIE SCHEDULE TABLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA Immumnirtivti1 irm m 3 RETAINER GLAND—" BEND MINIMUM 2 INSULATION LAYERS WITH JOINTS STAGGERED AND EXTENDING 4' EACH WAY FROM WATERMAIN C/L MECH. COMPACTED a BACKFILL SEWER �o 2' M RESTRAIN WITH "MEGA -LUG" JOINT RESTRAINTS OR ACCEPTED EQUAL 1 �---- W/ 2 W/ 2 WATER MINIMUM 2 + INSULATION LAYERS WITH JOINTS STAGGERED 6"COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL `— RETAINER GLAND BEND COVER WIDTH 4.0' - 4.9' 8' 5.0' - 5.9' 6' 6.0' - 7.0' 4' 7.0' + 0' WATER MAIN INSULATION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA WAT-7 INSULATION SHALL BE EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE (XEPS) INSULATION BOARD, "CERTIFOAM SE" , OR "STYROFOAM SM" OR EQUIVALENT, EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: WHERE MN/DOT "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION" APPLY, INSULATION BOARD SHALL BE "CERTIFOAM 40", OR "STYROFOAM HI-35 OR HI-40", OR 'EQUIVALENT. STORM SEWER 'OR OBSTRUCTION IF LESS THAN ONE FOOT OF COVER ABOVE SERVICE (BELOW BOTTOM OF NEW PIPE), THEN SERVICE MUST BE LOWERED TO 1' MINIMUM WITH THE INSULATION BEING INSTALLED AS SHOWN. STORM SEWER OR OBSTRUCTION 3" 311 6" MIN 2' MAIN • . %,L- LINE INSULATION OF WATER SERVICE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA WAT-8 C2 o 0 0 tn a v / o , i w I 0 W 2"x2"X2" SOLID SQUARE % WELD 3 ' 1"CENTERING BRACE 4" STEEL PIPE I� 1 " LONG II WELD 1 " STEEL PIPE GATE VALVE. BOX LENGTH IS VARIABLE it EXTENSION I STEM �I DETAIL 1 �I 2"X2"X3/16" SQUARE I� WELD TUBING 2-1/2" LONG ALL VALVES TO INCLUDE A STATIONARY VALVE ' REMOVE TIGHTING ROD EXTENSION. BOLTS AT BASE. AFTER FABRICATION. THE ENTIRE VALVE ROD EXTENSION SHALL BE ' PAINTED WITH A SHOP APPLIED PRIMER AND WITH AN EXTERIOR EPDXY PAINT. STATIONARY VALVE ROD EXTENSION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA WAT-9 I VARIABLE VARIABLE J PL SEWER SERVICE SCH 40 OR SDR 21 --J 4" PVC SLOPE - 1/4 " PER FOOT MINIMUM SANITARY SEWER MAIN 12" 8' X2 /'X2 7' MIN MARKER _- --- ===*=4 O1 SEE NOTES BELOW OPLACE COMPACTED PEA ROCK, MNDOT SPEC, 1/4" CLEAR, BACKFILL 1 UNDER ALL PIPE WHERE SOIL SUPPORT IS DISTURBED. SEWER SERVICE PIPE FROM PROPERTY LINE TO HOUSE SHALL OALL 2 BE SCHEDULE 40, ASTM 17.85 OR SDR 21, OR STRONGER. OPROVIDE 3 CLEANOUTS AT 90' MINIMUM ON HOUSE SERVICES BETWEEN PROPERTY LINE AND HOUSE. AND SEWER SERVICE SHALL HAVE 12" MINIMUM SEPARATION OWATER HORIZONTALLY AND VERTICALLY. WATER SERVICE TO BE ABOVE SEWER SERVICE. OSERVICES LOCATED BENEATH SIDEWALK SHALL BE EXTENDED 10' INTO LOT. RESIDENTIAL SEWER SERVICE CONNECTION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA SER-1 � N\l N N m o un — c 43) a a, ' w 0 3 CI l� u VARIABLE VARIABLE 3/4"X1" OR 1"X1" CORPORATION STOP STAINLESS STEEL OR EPDXY COATED SADDLES REQUIRED ON ALL TAPS. VARIABLE CURB STOP AND BOX (ADJUST TO 1" BELOW FINISH GRADE) WATER SERVICE —/ 1" TYPE "K" COPPER PL 6' STEEL FENCE POST. 4' ABOVE GRADE. PAINTED BLUE FOR SERVICES TO HOUSE. -SEE 3 & 4 BELOW CONCRETE BLOCK SUPPORT WATER MAIN CORPORATION STOP CURB STOP CURB BOX MUELLER B-25000 MUELLER B-25154 MUELLER H-1030.0 FORD 3/4F-FB600 FORD B22-444M FORD EM2-75-57 AY McDONALD 4701E AY McDONALD 6104-1 AY McDONALD 5612 NOTES: 1. CURB BOX SHALL HAVE A STATIONARY ROD, LID W/BRASS PENTAGON HEAD PLUG. 2. CURB BOX SHALL EXTEND FROM 78" TO 90". MINNEAPOLIS BASE PATTERN. 3. SERVICE PIPE FROM CURB STOP -TO HOUSE/BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE "K". ONLY ONE COPPER TO COPPER OR SILVER SOLDER CONNECTION ALLOWED PER SERVICE. 4. WATER SERVICE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12" ABOVE SEWER SERVICE LINE WHEN IN A COMMON TRENCH. WATER AND SEWER SERVICE LINES SHALL HAVE 12" MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION WHEN IN A COMMON TRENCH. 5. PROVIDE CURB BOXES THAT ARE IN DRIVEWAYS OR SIDEWALKS WITH A SHORT TOP SECTION OF A VALVE BOX MARKED "WATER". 6 SERVICES LOCATED BENEATH SIDEWALKS SHALL BE EXTENDED 10' INTO LOT. 7. A SEPERATE TRACER WIRE SHALL BE SPLICED FROM MAIN WIRE TO SADDLE WITH ADDITIONAL STAINLESS STEEL NUT. RESIDENTIAL WATER SERVICE CONNECTION ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA /A\Ilb�tivlillll � o N N o CASTING REQUIRED ON CLEANOUT IN ' .. PAVEMENT OF UNDEVELOPED AREA. CASTINC SHALL BE MINNEAPOLIS STANDARD, NEENAH >> �w �Ld 0 R-1970 SERIES, OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. 3 ' PVC THREADED PLUG 3" BELOW CASTING ' SCH 40 PVC RIS �R BEND, ' VC SDR-35 OR "CCEPTED o EQUAL a COMBINATION WYE, ° °PVC SDR-35 OR 0 4ACCEPTED tFGONSWEEP EQUAL Q:a • � 4a � 4� 4 4a o �— ENCASE LONG SWEEP BEND OR COMBINATION WYE IN CONCRETE. (1/3 CU. YD. MINIMUM) END OF LINE CLEANOUT IN LINE CLEANOUT SERVICE LINE CLEANOUTS ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA SER-3 GROUT BOTTOM OF MANHOLE TO 1/2 DIAMETER AT PIPE AND SLOPE GROUT 2" TOWARD INVERT MANHOLE STEPS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT OFFSET VERTICAL PORTION OF CONE IS FACING DOWNSTREAM PLANFMANHOLE FRAME & COVER—NE.ENAH R-1642 OR ACCEPTED EQUAL, LETTERED "STORM SEWER" WITH A CENTER PICK HOLE MINIMUM OF 2, MAXIMUM OF 4 CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT RINGS WITH FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN EACH. USE CHEATER RINGS FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT. "A" MANHOLE STEPS, 16" ON CENTER as ALUM OR COPOLYMER POLY. PLASTIC °a ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE TO HAVE 1.10" RING RUBBER GASKETS °.a 5 a:a : o REFER TO MH S I Z I NG . DE TA I L STO-1 3 4.1 4 , _O „ o °.v PIPE SHALL BE CUT OUT FLUSH 4 .1 WITH INSIDE FACE OF WALL d:a r SECTION I I :-�--MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS, 6" FOR 14' DEPTH. INCREASE THICKNESS 1" FOR EACH 4' OF DEPTH GREATER THAN 1419 AND REINFORCE WITH 6 "X6" 1 0/10 MESH STORM SEWER MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STO-1 O 4 i o• a • ,o v 5 '= tN W a 6" a.a a.a 4.Q 4 •Q� PLAN 14.1 4,-0„ a . 'a Q M Q 4� u -p a Q� • •0•• Q " p•. d o Q• d o SECTION T BOTTOM OF MANHOLE TO AMETER AT PIPE AND SLOPE r 2 " TOWARD INVERT _E STEPS SHALL BE PLACED AT OFFSET VERTICAL PORTION VE IS FACING DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE FRAME & COVER — NEENAH R-1642 OR ACCEPTED EQUAL, LETTERED "STORM SEWER" WITH A CENTER PICK HOLE. MINIMUM OF 2, MAXIMUM OF 4 CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT RINGS WITH FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN EACH. USE CHEATER RINGS FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT. MANHOLE STEPS. 16" ON CENTER, ALUM OR COPOLYMER POLY PLASTIC ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE TO HAVE "0" RING RUBBER GASKETS PIPE SHALL BE CUT OUT FLUSH WITH INSIDE FACE OF WALL MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS, 6" FOR 14' DEPTH. INCREASE THICKNESS• 1" FOR.EACH 4' OF DEPTH GREATER THAN 14', AND REINFORCE WITH 6"X6" 10/10 MESH STORM SEWER JUNCTION MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA S TO-2 o� o� o N w O oL, O �a N ti 3 0 n �m FOR 6' DIA MANHOLE AN 8" PRECAST SLAB IS REQUIRED �SL oPE OD SECTION GROUT BOTTOM OF MANHOLE TO 1/2 DIAMETER AT PIPE AND SLOPE GROUT 2" TOWARD INVERT 6 MANHOLE STEPS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT OFFSET VERTICAL PORTION OF CONE IS FACING DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE FRAME & COVER — NEENAH R-1642 OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. LETTERED "STORM SEWER" WITH A CENTER PICK HOLE MINIMUM OF 2. MAXIMUM OF 4.CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT RINGS WITH FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN EACH. USE CHEATER RINGS FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT. PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLE SLAB HS-20 LOADING ALL JOINTS IN MANHOLE TO HAVE "0" RING RUBBER GASKETS MANHOLE STEPS, 16" ON CENTER, ALUM OR COPOLYMER POLY PLASTIC PIPE SHALL BE CUT OUT FLUSH WITH INSIDE .FACE OF WALL MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS, 6" FOR 14' DEPTH. INCREASE THICKNESS 1" FOR EACH 4' OF DEPTH GREATER THAN 1419 AND REINFORCE WITH 6"X6 10/10 MESH STORM SEWER JUNCTION MANHOLE W/ REINFORCED TOP SLAB ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STO-3 ANY DF HOLES CEMEN" MASON SECTION SLAB OPENING FOR NEENAH OR ESS.BROS.330 HIGH Y OR ACCEPTED EQUAL. RATE SHOWN) NEENAH R3067 CASTING OR ACCEPTED EQUAL WITH TYPE D OR VANE GRATE MINIMUM OF 2, MAXIMUM OF 4 CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT RINGS WITH FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN =ACH AND A 4" COLLAR DN THE OUTSIDE >" PRECAST REINFORCED :ONCRETE SLAB ,LL JOINTS IN MANHOLE 0 HAVE "0" RING RUBBER ASKETS ANHOLE STEPS, 16" ON ENTER, ALUM O.R COPOLYMER OLY PLASTIC RECAST CONCRETE =CTION EFER TO MH SIZING =TAIL STO-13 ROUT BOTTOM INIMUM SLAB THICKNESS, FOR 14' DEPTH. INCREASE THICKNESS 1" FOR EACH 4' OF DEPTH GREATER THAN 14'1 AND REINFORCE WITH 6 "X6" 10/10 MESH TYPE II - CATCH BASIN MANHOLE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA S TO-4 SEE CITY PLATE NO. STO-9 FOR RIPRAP PLACEMENT RS 60 DEG 1 url J ANWIuK UL I NS 10 ISOMETRIC FASTEN TRASH GUARD TO FLARED END SECTION. HOT DIP GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TRASH GUARD SIZING PIPE SIZE BARS "H" BOLTS 12"-18" 314" D I A 4" s, 21 —4 2 �� 1" DIA 6" 3,4 48 —72 1-114" DIA 1211 1 FLARED END SECTION AND TRASH GUARD ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STO-8 CLASS II RIPRAP REQUIREMENTS 12" TO 24" 4 CUBIC YARDS 27" TO 33" 8 CUBIC YARDS 36" TO 48" 12 CUBIC YARDS 54" AND UP 16 CUBIC YARDS (ONE CUBIC YARD IS APPROXIMATELY 2,800 LBS) GEOTEXTILE FILTER BLANKET SHALL EXTEND UNDER APRON NOTE: FILTER BLANKET RE, UNDER RIPRAP OR 2 LAYEKS OF 50OX "MIRAFI" FABRIC OR EQUAL OR SPAN PLAN 2' SEC. A -A SEC. B-B RIPRAP SLOPE VARIES RIPRAP LINER FILTER BLANKET LINER RIPRAP AT OUTLETS ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STO-9 VAR AGGREGATE BASE GEOTEXTILE-MIRAFI 50OX OR ACCEPTED EQUAL COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE MN/DOT 3149.2H 4" MIN 4" CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE DRAIN MN/DOT 3278. MN/DOT 3733 (TYPICAL) PAYMENT BASED ON 0.07 TON PER LINEAR FOOT OF PIPE PVC PERFORATED PIPE ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA S TO-1 2 11 v 0 3 v yv DEVELOPER INSTALLED BUILDER INSTALLED MIN 2" AIR GAP STEEL FENCE POST - J NON NON-PERF DRAIN TILE PIPE CAP DRAININ TILE EXTENDED 2" ABOVE GRADE TO HOUSE SERVICE TEE TRACER WIRE -1 I 1-1 I I:: - El I El I I- �__ 11-9 1 Erl -I 1 I -I 11=, '=III,�IIIIII BUILDER SHALL INSTALL DRAIN TILE FROM HOUSE TO OUTLET AT COMMON DRAIN TILE, STORM SEWER STRUCTURE OR WATERBODY. HOUSE CONNECTION TRACER WIRE CAST IRON PLUG (GRINNELL CORED BAR PLUG) THREADED PVC FEMALE ADAPTER _I 1 PVC RISER EXTENDED 12" ABOVE SURFACE I -III; TRACER WIRE CONCRETE HEADWALL PER PLATE STO-14 I 1 RIP RAP I I -III-i l III --I 1-I I- I E -111-� III I E 1 I I I 1-III-11 I- I'" III-111-I -1 I ii- II I-1 I I_I I I_ ° illlllE Illlili� , 11 1. 11 1 I I-111-1 I I- 11-1 ] I ALL DRAINTILE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 18" COVER. BUILDER SHALL REMOVE CAP AT SERVICE AND MAKE CONNECTION TO DRAIN TILE. SERVICE CONNECTION STEEL FENCE POST DEVELOPER TO INSTALL A CLEANOUT EVERY 200 LINEAL FEET AND AT THE �111i TEMINUS OF DRAINTILE LINE. DRAINTILE CLEANOUT DRAINTILE OUTLET TO WATERBODY DEVELOPER INSTALLED NON -PERFORATED DRAINTILE WITH LEAVE -- TRACER WIRE ENOUGH II- WIRE TO -- EXTEND TO IL1,, SURFACE CLEANOUT LOCATED AT TERMINUS SHALL HAVE TRACER WIRE EXTENDED 18" ABOVE THE SURFACE GRADE. NON -PERFORATED DRAIN TILE DEVELOPER INSTALLED NON -PERFORATED DRAINTILE WITH TRACER WIRE GROUT DRAINTILE CONNECTION TO STORM SEWER SUMP PUMP DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA S TO-1 5 6" -DISTANCE TO � VARIABLE 2 R� 3 „R ' 1 C'j •a .° fl3 3, %S POPE i.2' R a PER FT i 0• a a MN/DOT B618 L 8 "_ _ 18 I 12R 28"R 68"R N CD _N Q Q ° 1 7-1 /2" 10-1 /2' 28" i/ „ R 2 SLOPE 1 3/4 P E R F T /- /2" R c')t 18 SURMOUNTABLE DRIVEWAY AT B618 CURB AND GUTTER ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STR-1 � O c O J � � N / V O O � m � p W N � W N uj .L] O 3 NTRACTION INT I� I, ie I� �1 5' SIDEWALK w 450. SLOPE -- --------- ----I----- ------ - ----�, SLOPE TOP CURB i v 1-.urla 4 VU I I tH GUTTER LINE 1-1/2 if SEE STR-1 '/2' EXPANSION JOINT TYPICAL CONCRETE APRON PROPERTY LINE 7 CONCRETE PAVEMENT (SIDEWALK IN DRIVE ALSO) -r-----------_. RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY WITH SIDEWALK ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STR-2a t \ o a o NOTE:SURMOUNTABLE CURB & GUTTER TO BE FORMED INTO A B618 TYPE CATCH BASIN w cn a CATCH BASIN FRAME & COVER 3 NEENAH R-3067 OR ACCEPTED EQUAL WITH VANE GRATE F LO po Do A ap�0 .a � pAn IA I F-I-,o , M\N ON NOTE: CATCH BASIN TO BE DEPRESSED 0.1' �ON��Oiy �91pNS�� BELOW DESIGN GUTTER LINE GRADE SURMOUNTABLE CONCRETE ISOMETRIC CURB & GUTTER I2 - *4 REBARS 10' MIN 5' -0" 5'-0" TRANSITION TOP OF CURB EXPANSION .10' ' JOINT ' DESIGN GUTTER LINE GRADE SECTION A -A 10' MIN RANSITIO EXPANSION JOINT 2 - *4 REBARS @ 5' 2.5' PENETRATION EITHER SIDE OF JOINT. FRAME & CASTING SURMOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER CONSTRUCTION AT CATCH BASIN ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STR-5 PL VARIABLE 5' BLVDI 5' I SLOPE 4 " CONCRETE ---� 4 " SAND CUSHION r MNDOT CLASS 3 I NEIGHBORHOOD SIDEWALK I DRAINAGE I SWALE 6 I, — -pia �Lurc 2" 2331 TYPE I 41 A BITUMINOUS J 6" CLASS 5 100% ' CRUSHED BASE COMPACTED ' SUBGRADE ■ COMMUNITY GREENWAY TRAIL HL VARIABLE 121 8, REFERRED 1 2%� 5_ L .P E- 2" — 2331 TYPE 41 A BITUMINOUS 6" CLASS 5 1007. CRUSHED BASE — COMPACTED SUBGRADE COMMUNITY ROADWAY TRAIL URBAN SECTION PROTECTIVE RAILING ON STEEP SLOPES I_ 2_'i 8 /_ 1 2' 2% SLOPE--F.- 2 — 2331 TYPE 41 A BITUMINOUS - 6" CLASS 5 100% CRUSHED BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE COMMUNITY GREENWAY TRAIL SIDE SLOPE LOCATION TYPICAL PLACEMENT AND SECTIONS FOR WALKS AND TRAILS ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STR-10 STEP NO 1 A. ADJUST MANHOLE TO WITHIN 1' OF PROPOSED CASTING GRADE B. PLACE TEMPORARY STEEL COVER ON MH. AS ALTERNATE, USE 3'4' WOOD COVER WITH 10 S0. IN. IRON PLATE ATTACHED TO CENTER OF COVER. C. PLACE AGGREGATE BASE D. PLACE BITUMINOUS BASE AND BINDER COURSES IF REQUIRED SECTION. STEP NO 1 ALTERNATE COVER, STEP NO 1 91 STEP NO 2 A. CUT OUT 4'X4' AREA AROUND MANHOLE. SALVAGE AGGREGATE BASE AND MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO GEOTEXTILE FABRIC. B. ADJUST TO 1,2' BELOW TOP OF BASE COURSE WITH 2" ADJUSTING RINGS, PLACE �'" 2MORTAR SEAT BETWEEN RINGS, RINGS AND TOP OF MANHOLE, AND RINGS AND CASTING. PLASTER RINGS INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. INSTALL INTERNAL CHIMNEY SEAL. IEMN COVER FULL WIDTH DEPTH SHALL BE 8" MINIMUM .a a" I SECTION, STEP NO 2 4' Q STEP NO 3 LA. FOR WEAR COURSE ADJUSTMENT, USE 1" TO 2" ADJUSTING RINGS (CHEATER RINGS) WITH CAULKING GLUE AROUND CASTING BASE. ' B. ADJUST TOP OF CASTING. TO I-T BELOW PROPOSED FINISHED WEAR. STEP NO 4 A. PLACE BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE. 1,4" 4 PLAN, STEP NO 2 O/T SECTION, STEP NO 4 MANHOLE AND GATE VALVE ADJUSTMENT ALBERTV I L!_._�.. M I N N E S 0 STR-12 A7 4'-0" 3'-0" MIN. v A� PLAN VIEW OF RAMP ROUND ALL SLOPED INTERSECTIONS APPROX. 10:1 SLOPE 7 1"/FT.OR FLATTER ° ° v CONCRETE WALK SECTION A -A ■I NOTES: 10 SURFACE TREATMENT SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WORKING A PIECE OF PLASTIC SNOW FENCE INTO THE SURFACE. BROOM FINISH THIS AREA AND THEN REMOVE THE SNOW FENCE. VARIES WITH CURB HEIGHT. EXAMPLE SHOWN IS FOR 6" CURB HEIGHT. PEDESTRIAN CURB RAMP ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA STR-16